1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1060 && !old_cfa.indirect)
1062 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1063 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1064 offset has not changed. */
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1066 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1070 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1072 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1073 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1074 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1075 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1078 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1082 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1086 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1087 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1088 register-offset pair is available. */
1089 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1091 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1092 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1093 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1096 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1099 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1100 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1101 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1102 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1105 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1107 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1108 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1110 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1112 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1115 && fde->stack_realign
1116 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1120 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1121 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1123 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1125 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1126 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1127 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1128 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1131 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1133 else if (sreg == reg)
1134 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1138 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1141 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1144 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1145 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1146 from the previous frame's window save area.
1148 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1149 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1152 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1154 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1156 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1157 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1160 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1161 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1164 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1166 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1169 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1170 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1173 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1175 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1178 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1179 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1182 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1184 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1187 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1188 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1189 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1192 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1194 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1195 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1197 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1200 /* RA is in a register. */
1201 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1205 /* RA is on the stack. */
1206 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1207 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1210 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1216 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1220 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1221 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1231 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1232 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1233 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1234 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1235 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1242 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1243 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1247 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1250 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1251 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1252 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1254 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1255 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1256 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1259 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1261 code = GET_CODE (src);
1263 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1265 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1267 offset = -cur_args_size;
1268 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1271 return offset - cur_offset;
1274 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1275 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1276 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1279 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1280 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1286 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1290 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1291 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1292 code = GET_CODE (src);
1298 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1300 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1301 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1302 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1303 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1304 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1311 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1313 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1320 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1322 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1337 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1338 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1340 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1342 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1344 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1345 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1346 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1348 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1351 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1353 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1355 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1356 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1357 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1358 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1360 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1362 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1363 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1364 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1365 cur_args_size, offset);
1370 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1374 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1375 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1376 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1377 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1379 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1381 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1382 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1387 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1391 cur_args_size += offset;
1392 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1397 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1401 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1403 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1404 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1409 return cur_args_size;
1412 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1415 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1417 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1419 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1421 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1422 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1423 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1425 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1427 insn = get_insns ();
1428 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1429 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1432 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1434 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1435 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1437 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1438 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1439 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1440 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1441 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1443 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1445 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1447 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1452 if (insn == first_insn)
1454 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1456 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1461 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1462 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1467 body = PATTERN (insn);
1468 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1470 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1471 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1472 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1473 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1475 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1476 dest_args_size, &next);
1479 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1480 cur_args_size, &next);
1482 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1483 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1484 dest_args_size, &next);
1487 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1488 cur_args_size, &next);
1492 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1496 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1499 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1503 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1507 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1510 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1511 pushed onto the stack. */
1514 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1518 if (size == old_args_size)
1521 old_args_size = size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1525 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1526 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1529 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1532 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1534 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1535 cfa.offset += offset;
1537 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1538 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1540 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1543 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1547 args_size += offset;
1551 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1552 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1553 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1556 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1557 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1558 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1561 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1563 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1567 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1568 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1569 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1570 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1571 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1574 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1575 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1576 shouldn't change at all. */
1578 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1579 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1582 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1583 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1584 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1586 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1588 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1589 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1590 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1591 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1592 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1593 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1594 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1595 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1600 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1602 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1603 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1606 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1608 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1609 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1610 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1611 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1612 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1616 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1621 offset -= args_size;
1622 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1626 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1627 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1628 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1629 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1631 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1633 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1634 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1635 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1644 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1645 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1650 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1651 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1652 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1654 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1655 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1657 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1661 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1663 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1664 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1669 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1670 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1671 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1672 more efficient data structure. */
1673 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1674 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1676 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1677 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1679 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1680 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1683 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1685 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1687 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1688 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1690 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1691 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1696 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1697 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1698 queued_reg_saves = q;
1702 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1703 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1705 last_reg_save_label = label;
1708 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1711 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1713 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1715 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1718 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1720 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1721 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1723 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1725 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1726 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1728 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1731 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1734 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1736 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1738 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1739 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1742 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1743 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1746 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1747 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1748 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1749 have a new location for? */
1752 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1754 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1756 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1759 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1761 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1762 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1763 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1770 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1773 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1776 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1778 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1779 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1781 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1783 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1784 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1787 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1789 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1790 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1791 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1794 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1797 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1799 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1801 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1803 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1804 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1807 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1808 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1809 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1810 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1816 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1817 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1818 value, not an offset. */
1819 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1821 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1824 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1826 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1828 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1831 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1832 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1836 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1840 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1844 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1847 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1850 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1854 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1855 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1856 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1858 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1861 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1862 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1872 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1873 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1875 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1878 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1881 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1883 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1884 rtx src, addr, span;
1886 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1887 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1888 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1889 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1891 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1892 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1895 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1896 offset = -cfa.offset;
1899 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1900 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1906 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1908 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1909 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1911 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1914 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1915 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1918 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1920 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1922 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1923 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1925 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1927 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1928 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1929 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1934 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1937 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1940 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1942 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1943 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1946 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1948 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1950 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1952 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1953 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1954 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1957 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1960 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1962 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1963 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1966 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1968 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1971 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1972 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1973 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1974 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1976 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1977 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1978 users need not read the source code.
1980 The High-Level Picture
1982 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1983 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1984 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1985 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1986 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1988 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1989 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1990 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1991 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1992 saves. This also seems to work.
1994 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1995 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1996 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1997 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1998 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1999 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2000 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2001 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2002 value as in the caller.
2004 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2005 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2006 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2007 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2009 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2012 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2014 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2015 consists of a register and an offset.
2016 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2017 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2018 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2019 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2020 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2021 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2022 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2024 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2025 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2026 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2029 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2030 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2031 and cfa_temp.offset.
2033 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2036 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2037 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2038 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2040 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2041 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2042 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2043 register instead of CFA+offset.
2047 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2048 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2051 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2052 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2053 cfa.offset unchanged
2054 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2055 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2058 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2059 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2060 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2061 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2062 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2063 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2066 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2067 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2068 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2071 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2072 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2074 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2076 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2079 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2080 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2082 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2083 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2086 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2087 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2088 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2091 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2092 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2093 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2096 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2100 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2101 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2102 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2105 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2106 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2107 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2109 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2112 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2113 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2114 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2116 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2119 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2122 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2123 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2126 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2127 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2128 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2131 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2132 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2133 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2134 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2137 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2138 effects: target-dependent
2141 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2142 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2143 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2144 cfa_store.offset = 0
2145 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2148 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2149 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2152 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2153 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2154 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2155 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2158 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2159 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2161 && cfa.indirect == 0
2162 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2163 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2164 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2167 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2169 rtx src, dest, span;
2170 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2173 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2174 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2175 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2176 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2177 flag is set in them. */
2178 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2181 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2184 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2185 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2186 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2187 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2188 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2189 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2190 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2192 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2193 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2194 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2195 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2196 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2199 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2201 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2202 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2203 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2204 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2205 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2206 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2208 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2210 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2211 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2212 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2215 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2221 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2223 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2224 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2228 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2233 fde = current_fde ();
2235 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2238 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2240 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2242 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2245 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2246 relative to the current CFA register.
2248 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2249 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2250 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2251 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2252 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2253 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2254 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2258 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2259 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2260 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2261 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2262 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2264 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2265 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2266 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2267 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2269 && fde->stack_realign
2270 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2271 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2272 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2273 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2275 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2282 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2286 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2289 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2292 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2294 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2300 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2302 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2303 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2304 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2306 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2307 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2310 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2312 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2314 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2315 cfa.offset += offset;
2316 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2317 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2319 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2322 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2323 or adjusting the FP */
2324 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2326 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2327 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2328 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2329 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2330 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2332 cfa.offset += offset;
2333 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2337 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2340 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2341 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2342 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2344 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2345 into the FP later on. */
2346 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2347 cfa.offset += offset;
2348 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2349 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2350 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2351 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2355 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2356 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2357 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2359 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2360 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2361 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2362 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2363 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2367 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2368 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2370 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2371 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2380 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2381 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2386 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2387 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2388 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2390 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2391 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2392 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2395 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2396 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2403 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2404 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2405 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2410 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2411 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2413 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2415 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2416 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2417 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2418 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2420 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2421 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2422 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2430 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2435 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2437 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2442 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2443 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2445 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2447 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2448 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2450 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2451 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2452 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2454 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2460 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2461 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2464 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2465 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2466 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2468 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2470 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2471 reference to represent the address of the stored
2474 && fde->stack_realign
2475 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2477 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2478 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2481 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2482 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2484 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2488 /* With an offset. */
2495 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2496 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2497 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2498 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2501 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2503 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2504 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2507 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2508 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2514 /* Without an offset. */
2517 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2519 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2520 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2523 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2524 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2531 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2532 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2533 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2534 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2542 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2543 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2544 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2548 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2550 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2552 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2554 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2557 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2558 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2559 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2560 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2563 && fde->stack_realign
2564 && cfa.indirect == 0
2565 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2567 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2569 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2571 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2572 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2573 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2576 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2578 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2582 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2583 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2585 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2586 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2591 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2592 calculate the CFA. */
2593 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2597 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2599 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2600 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2602 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2607 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2609 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2612 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2615 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2616 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2620 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2622 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2624 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2625 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2627 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2629 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2630 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2641 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2642 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2643 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2645 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2646 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2649 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2653 bool handled_one = false;
2655 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2659 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2660 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2662 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2665 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2667 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2670 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2672 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2675 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2677 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2679 if (barrier_args_size)
2681 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2682 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2687 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2688 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2690 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2692 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2693 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2694 is still used to save registers. */
2695 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2696 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2700 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2702 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2703 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2705 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2706 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2709 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2710 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2714 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2719 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2720 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2722 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2726 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2729 n = single_set (insn);
2730 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2734 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2739 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2740 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2742 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2746 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2751 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2752 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2755 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2759 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2763 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2766 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2768 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2780 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2782 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2785 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2786 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2787 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2788 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2791 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2793 bool saw_frp = false;
2796 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2797 frame related insns. */
2798 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2803 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2804 if (returnjump_p (i))
2806 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2809 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2812 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2814 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2816 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2817 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2820 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2821 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2825 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2829 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2830 save/restore pair. */
2834 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2835 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2836 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2837 i = next_real_insn (i);
2841 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2842 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2843 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2844 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2847 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2850 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2854 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2856 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2858 /* And emulate the state save. */
2859 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2861 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2864 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2867 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2869 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2870 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2872 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2873 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2875 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2877 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2882 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2883 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2884 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2886 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2887 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2892 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2893 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2894 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2895 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2897 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2900 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2901 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2902 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2905 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2906 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2907 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore:
2910 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2911 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2912 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2913 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_register:
2915 case DW_CFA_expression:
2916 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2919 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2920 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2921 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2924 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2931 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2932 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2933 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2935 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2936 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2944 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2945 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2947 case DW_CFA_register:
2948 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2950 case DW_CFA_expression:
2951 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2954 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2958 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2960 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2961 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2962 for collect2 the first time around. */
2965 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2969 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2970 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2974 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2980 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2982 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2984 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2986 flags = ((! flag_pic
2987 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2988 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2990 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2992 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2993 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2996 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2997 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3001 if (eh_frame_section)
3002 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3005 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3006 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3007 switch_to_section (data_section);
3011 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3012 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3013 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3014 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3015 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3020 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3024 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3027 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3030 if (!debug_frame_section)
3031 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3032 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3033 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3037 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3040 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3045 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3047 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3048 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3049 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3050 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3051 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3053 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3055 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3056 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3059 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3061 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3063 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3068 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3070 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3072 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3074 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3075 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3076 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3079 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3081 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3084 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3085 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3087 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3090 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3091 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3096 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3097 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3102 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3103 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3108 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3109 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3110 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3111 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3112 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3115 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3116 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3121 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3122 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3124 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3125 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3128 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3129 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3131 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3132 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3135 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3136 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3137 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3138 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3139 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3143 case DW_CFA_register:
3144 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3146 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3147 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3150 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3151 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3155 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3156 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3157 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3160 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3163 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3164 case DW_CFA_expression:
3165 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3168 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3169 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3178 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3181 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3183 unsigned long r, r2;
3185 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3190 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3191 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3192 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3193 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3194 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3195 going to take care of this for us. */
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3200 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3201 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3202 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3203 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3206 case DW_CFA_restore:
3207 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3208 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3209 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3212 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3213 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3214 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3217 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3218 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3219 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3223 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3224 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3225 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3226 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3229 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3230 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3231 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3234 case DW_CFA_register:
3235 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3237 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3241 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3242 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3243 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3244 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3247 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3248 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3250 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3251 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3254 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3255 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3256 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3258 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3259 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3260 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3263 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3264 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3267 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3268 case DW_CFA_expression:
3269 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3270 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3271 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3279 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3280 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3282 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3283 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3284 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3285 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3288 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3290 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3292 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3293 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3294 unsigned int len, idx;
3296 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3297 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3302 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3303 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3304 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3305 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3307 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3309 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3311 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3312 .cfi_restore_state. */
3313 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3314 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3316 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3319 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3326 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3330 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3331 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3333 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3337 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore:
3339 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3340 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3341 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3342 case DW_CFA_register:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3344 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3345 case DW_CFA_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3347 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3348 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3349 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3350 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3351 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3355 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3357 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3359 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3363 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3364 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3367 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3369 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3370 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3372 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3375 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3378 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3380 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3383 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3385 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3387 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3389 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3391 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3393 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3395 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3398 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3400 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3407 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3408 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3412 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3414 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3417 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3419 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3422 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3424 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3426 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3429 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3432 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3433 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3435 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3442 /* Output one FDE. */
3445 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3446 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3447 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3449 const char *begin, *end;
3450 static unsigned int j;
3451 char l1[20], l2[20];
3454 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3456 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3460 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3461 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3462 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3463 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3465 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3468 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3470 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3471 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3473 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3475 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3476 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3480 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3481 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3482 might be separated from the real start of the
3483 function by alignment padding. */
3485 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3486 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3487 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3489 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3490 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3491 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3493 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3498 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3499 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3500 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3501 "FDE initial location");
3502 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3503 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3507 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3508 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3511 if (augmentation[0])
3513 if (any_lsda_needed)
3515 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3517 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3519 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3520 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3521 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3522 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3523 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3526 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3529 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3531 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3533 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3534 fde->funcdef_number);
3535 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3536 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3538 "Language Specific Data Area");
3542 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3543 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3544 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3545 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3549 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3552 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3554 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3555 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3556 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3557 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3560 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3561 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3563 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3564 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3570 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3572 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3574 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3575 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3576 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3577 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3579 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3580 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3583 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3584 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3585 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3586 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3587 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3589 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3590 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3591 switch *back* into the table section. */
3592 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3593 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3594 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3597 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3598 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3599 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3600 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3605 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3606 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3607 location of saved registers. */
3610 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3615 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3616 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3617 char augmentation[6];
3618 int augmentation_size;
3619 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3621 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3623 rtx personality = NULL;
3626 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3627 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3630 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3631 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3634 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3635 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3636 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3637 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3638 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3639 specialization doesn't. */
3640 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3641 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3644 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3645 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3646 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3647 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3648 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3649 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3651 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3652 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3653 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3654 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3657 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3659 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3660 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3661 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3662 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3663 any_eh_needed = true;
3664 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3665 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3666 any_eh_needed = true;
3668 if (! any_eh_needed)
3672 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3676 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3677 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3679 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3680 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3682 /* Output the CIE. */
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3685 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3686 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3687 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3688 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3689 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3690 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3692 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3693 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3694 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3695 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3696 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3698 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3699 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3700 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3701 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3703 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3707 augmentation[0] = 0;
3708 augmentation_size = 0;
3710 personality = current_unit_personality;
3716 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3717 augmentation section.
3718 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3719 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3720 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3722 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3723 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3725 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3726 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3727 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3729 p = augmentation + 1;
3733 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3734 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3736 if (any_lsda_needed)
3739 augmentation_size += 1;
3741 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3744 augmentation_size += 1;
3746 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3748 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3752 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3753 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3755 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3757 + 1 /* CIE version */
3758 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3759 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3760 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3762 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3763 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3764 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3766 augmentation_size += pad;
3768 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3769 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3770 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3774 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3775 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3780 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3782 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3784 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3785 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3789 if (augmentation[0])
3791 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3795 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3796 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3801 if (any_lsda_needed)
3802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3803 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3805 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3807 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3810 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3811 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3813 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3814 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3815 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3816 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3818 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3819 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3822 fde = &fde_table[i];
3824 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3825 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3826 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3827 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3828 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3831 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3832 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3833 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3836 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3837 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3838 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3839 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3840 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3841 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3844 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3849 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3852 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3856 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3858 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3862 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3865 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3866 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3867 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3868 of the weirder relocation types. */
3869 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3870 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3872 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3873 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3874 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3877 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3881 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3882 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3883 current_function_funcdef_no);
3884 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3885 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3887 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3888 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3890 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3891 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3892 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3896 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3900 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3901 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3903 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3908 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3910 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3911 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3912 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3914 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3915 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3918 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3922 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3923 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3924 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3925 current_function_funcdef_no);
3926 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3927 current_function_funcdef_no);
3928 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3929 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3931 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3932 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3933 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3937 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3938 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3940 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3941 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3942 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3943 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3946 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3947 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3949 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3950 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3951 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3952 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3953 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3954 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3958 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3959 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3960 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3961 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3962 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3963 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3964 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3965 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3966 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3967 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3968 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3969 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3971 section *unlikelysec;
3972 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3973 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3976 = (fnsec == text_section
3977 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3978 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3979 fde->cold_in_std_section
3980 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3981 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3986 = (fnsec == text_section
3987 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3988 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3991 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3993 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3994 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3995 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3997 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4000 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4001 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4004 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4005 if (!current_unit_personality)
4006 current_unit_personality = personality;
4008 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4009 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4010 function anymore. */
4012 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4013 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4014 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4018 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4019 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4023 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4024 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4027 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4029 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4030 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4033 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4034 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4036 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4038 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4039 current_function_funcdef_no);
4040 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4041 fde = current_fde ();
4042 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4043 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4047 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4049 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4050 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4051 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4052 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4054 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4055 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4057 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4058 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4060 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4061 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4062 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4067 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4069 /* Output call frame information. */
4070 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4071 output_call_frame_info (0);
4073 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4074 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4075 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4076 output_call_frame_info (1);
4080 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4083 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4085 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4086 if (sec == text_section)
4087 text_section_used = true;
4088 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4089 cold_text_section_used = true;
4093 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4095 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4097 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4099 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4100 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4102 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4103 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4104 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4105 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4106 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4108 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4109 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4110 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4112 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4113 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4114 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4116 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4117 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4119 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4120 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4122 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4124 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4125 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4127 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4131 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4133 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4135 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4136 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4137 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4142 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4143 for emitting location expressions. */
4145 /* Data about a single source file. */
4146 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4147 const char * filename;
4151 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4152 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4153 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4154 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4155 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4157 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4161 } deferred_locations;
4163 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4164 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4166 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4168 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4169 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4171 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4172 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4173 implementation are listed below. */
4178 dw_val_class_offset,
4180 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4181 dw_val_class_range_list,
4183 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4184 dw_val_class_const_double,
4187 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4188 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4189 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4190 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4192 dw_val_class_macptr,
4197 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4199 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4200 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4206 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4207 represented internally. */
4209 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4210 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4211 union dw_val_struct_union
4213 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4214 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4215 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4216 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4217 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4218 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4219 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4220 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4221 struct dw_val_die_union
4225 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4226 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4227 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4228 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4229 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4230 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4231 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4233 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4237 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4240 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4241 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4242 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4243 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4244 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4245 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4247 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4248 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4252 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4253 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4254 their entire life. */
4255 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4256 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4257 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4258 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4259 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4260 Only on head of list */
4261 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4262 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4265 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4267 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4269 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4272 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4277 return "DW_OP_addr";
4279 return "DW_OP_deref";
4281 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4283 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4285 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4287 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4289 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4291 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4293 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4295 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4297 return "DW_OP_constu";
4299 return "DW_OP_consts";
4303 return "DW_OP_drop";
4305 return "DW_OP_over";
4307 return "DW_OP_pick";
4309 return "DW_OP_swap";
4313 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4321 return "DW_OP_minus";
4333 return "DW_OP_plus";
4334 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4335 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4341 return "DW_OP_shra";
4359 return "DW_OP_skip";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4421 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4423 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4485 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4487 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4549 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4551 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4553 return "DW_OP_regx";
4555 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4557 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4559 return "DW_OP_piece";
4560 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4561 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4562 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4563 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4567 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4568 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4570 return "DW_OP_call2";
4572 return "DW_OP_call4";
4573 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4574 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4575 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4576 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4577 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4578 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4579 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4580 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4581 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4582 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4583 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4584 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4586 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4587 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4588 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4589 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4590 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4591 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4594 return "OP_<unknown>";
4598 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4599 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4600 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4602 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4603 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4604 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4606 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4608 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4609 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4610 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4611 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4612 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4617 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4620 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4621 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4624 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4627 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4630 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4633 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4635 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4637 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4638 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4644 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4647 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4649 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4652 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4657 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4658 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4662 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4663 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4664 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4665 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4666 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4668 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4669 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4671 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4672 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4675 else if (offset > 0)
4676 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4680 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4681 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4685 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4686 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4689 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4692 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4693 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4697 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4699 static unsigned long
4700 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4702 unsigned long size = 1;
4704 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4707 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4726 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4729 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4734 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4735 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4773 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4776 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4779 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4782 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4783 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4786 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4788 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4789 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4798 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4799 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4801 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4802 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4803 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4812 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4814 static unsigned long
4815 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4820 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4821 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4822 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4824 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4826 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4831 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4833 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4834 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4840 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4841 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4844 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4847 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4849 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4850 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4852 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4854 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4857 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4861 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4865 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4866 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4873 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4874 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4876 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4879 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4880 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4881 switch (val2->val_class)
4883 case dw_val_class_const:
4884 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4886 case dw_val_class_vec:
4888 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4889 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4893 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4898 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4901 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4902 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4905 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4907 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4909 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4911 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4912 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4916 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4917 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4919 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4921 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4925 case dw_val_class_addr:
4926 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4927 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4942 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4943 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4944 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4945 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4946 only doing unwinding. */
4951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4954 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4957 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4962 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4963 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5003 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5007 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5010 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5012 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5013 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5014 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5020 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5022 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5025 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5032 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5033 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5041 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5046 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5049 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5051 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5053 /* Output the opcode. */
5054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5055 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5057 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5058 output_loc_operands (loc);
5062 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5063 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5066 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5068 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5069 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5071 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5074 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5075 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5081 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5082 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5083 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5084 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5089 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5090 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5095 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5096 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5101 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5102 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5103 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5111 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5112 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5114 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5115 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5120 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5123 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5161 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5162 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5166 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5167 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5168 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5169 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5173 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5179 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5183 /* Output the opcode. */
5184 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5185 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5187 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5189 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5191 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5195 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5196 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5199 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5201 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5204 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5206 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5207 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5210 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5212 /* Output the size of the block. */
5213 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5214 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5216 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5217 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5220 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5223 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5225 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5228 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5231 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5234 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5236 /* Output the size of the block. */
5237 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5238 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5239 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5241 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5242 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5245 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5246 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5249 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5250 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5252 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5254 offset += cfa->offset;
5258 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5259 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5260 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5261 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5264 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5265 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5269 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5274 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5275 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5278 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5279 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5281 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5282 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5283 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5285 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5286 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5288 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5289 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5290 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5291 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5294 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5298 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5299 descriptor sequence. */
5302 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5304 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5306 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5310 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5312 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5348 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5351 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5385 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5386 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5389 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5390 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5395 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5396 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5399 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5400 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5404 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5406 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5407 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5409 /* .debug_str support. */
5410 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5413 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5414 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5415 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5416 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5417 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5418 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5419 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5420 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5421 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5422 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5423 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5424 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5425 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5426 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5428 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5429 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5430 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5431 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5432 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5433 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5434 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5435 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5437 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5439 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5443 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5446 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5447 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5448 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5449 dwarf2out_end_block,
5450 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5451 dwarf2out_source_line,
5452 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5453 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5454 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5455 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5456 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5457 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5458 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5459 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5460 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5461 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5462 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5463 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5464 something tries to reference them. */
5465 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5466 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5467 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5468 dwarf2out_var_location,
5469 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5470 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5471 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5472 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5473 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5475 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5479 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5480 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5481 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5483 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5484 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5485 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5486 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5488 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5489 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5491 typedef long int dw_offset;
5493 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5495 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5496 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5497 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5498 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5499 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5500 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5501 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5503 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5504 line number associated with the label generated for that
5505 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5506 the line number entry. */
5508 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5509 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5510 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5514 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5516 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5517 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5518 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5519 unsigned long function;
5521 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5523 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5524 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5525 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5527 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5528 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5529 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5533 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5534 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5536 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5537 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5538 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5540 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5541 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5542 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5544 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5545 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5547 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5548 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5549 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5550 dw_die_ref die_child;
5552 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5553 dw_offset die_offset;
5554 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5556 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5557 int die_perennial_p;
5558 unsigned int decl_id;
5562 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5563 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5564 c = die->die_child; \
5568 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5571 /* The pubname structure */
5573 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5579 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5580 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5582 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5583 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5584 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5588 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5593 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5594 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5596 dw_die_ref root_die;
5597 dw_die_ref type_die;
5598 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5599 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5603 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5604 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5607 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5611 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5615 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5617 skeleton_chain_node;
5619 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5620 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5621 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5624 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5625 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5627 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5628 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5629 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5630 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5631 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5632 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5634 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5635 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5636 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5637 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5638 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5639 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5640 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5641 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5642 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5643 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5645 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5646 language, and compiler version. */
5648 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5649 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5650 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5652 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5653 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5654 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5655 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5657 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5658 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5660 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5661 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5662 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5663 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5664 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5666 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5667 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5668 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5669 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5670 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5671 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5673 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5674 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5675 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5676 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5678 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5682 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5683 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5684 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5686 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5687 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5689 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5690 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5692 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5693 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5694 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5695 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5696 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5698 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5699 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5700 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5703 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5704 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5705 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5706 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5709 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5710 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5712 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5713 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5715 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5716 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5718 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5719 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5720 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5722 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5723 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5725 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5726 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5727 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5729 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5730 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5731 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5733 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5738 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5739 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5741 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5742 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5743 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5744 const char * GTY (()) label;
5745 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5748 /* Variable location list. */
5749 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5750 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5752 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5753 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5754 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5755 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5756 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5757 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5758 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5760 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5761 unsigned int decl_id;
5763 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5766 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5767 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5769 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5770 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5771 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5772 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5773 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5775 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5776 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5778 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5779 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5781 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5782 abbrev_die_table. */
5783 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5785 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5786 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5787 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5788 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5790 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5791 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5793 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5794 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5796 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5797 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5798 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5799 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5801 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5802 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5804 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5805 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5807 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5809 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5811 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5812 accessible names. */
5813 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5815 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5816 accessible types. */
5817 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5819 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5820 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5822 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5823 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5825 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5826 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5828 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5830 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5832 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5833 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5835 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5836 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5838 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5839 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5841 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5842 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5843 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5845 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5846 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5848 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5849 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5851 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5853 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5855 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5856 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5858 /* Unique label counter. */
5859 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5861 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5862 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5864 /* The direct call table structure. */
5866 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5867 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5869 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5873 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5874 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5876 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5878 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5879 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5880 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5884 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5885 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5887 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5888 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5889 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5891 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5893 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5895 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5898 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5900 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5901 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5902 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5904 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5905 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5908 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5909 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5911 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5912 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5914 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5915 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5917 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5919 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5921 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5922 within the current function. */
5923 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5925 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5927 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5928 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5929 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5930 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5931 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5932 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5933 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5934 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5935 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5936 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5937 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5938 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5939 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5940 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5941 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5942 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5943 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5944 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5945 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5946 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5947 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5948 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5949 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5950 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5951 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5952 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5953 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5954 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5955 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5956 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5957 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5958 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5959 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5960 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5961 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5963 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5964 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5965 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5966 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5967 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5968 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5969 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5970 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5971 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5973 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5974 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5975 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5976 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5977 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5978 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5979 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5980 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5981 static bool is_cxx (void);
5982 static bool is_fortran (void);
5983 static bool is_ada (void);
5984 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5985 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5986 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5987 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5988 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5989 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5990 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5991 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5992 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5993 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5994 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5995 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5996 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5997 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5998 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5999 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
6000 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6001 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
6002 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6003 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6004 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6005 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6006 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6007 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6008 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6009 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6010 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6011 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6012 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6013 struct checksum_attributes;
6014 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6015 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6016 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6017 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6018 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6019 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6020 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6021 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6022 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6023 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6024 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6025 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6026 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6027 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6028 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6029 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6030 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6031 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6032 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6033 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6034 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6035 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6036 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6037 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6038 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6040 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6041 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6042 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6043 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6045 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6046 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6047 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6048 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6049 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6050 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6051 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6052 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6053 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6054 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6055 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6056 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6057 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6058 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6059 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6060 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6061 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6062 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6063 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6064 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6065 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6066 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6067 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6068 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6069 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6070 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6071 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6072 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6073 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6074 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6075 static void output_aranges (void);
6076 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6077 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6078 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6080 static void output_ranges (void);
6081 static void output_line_info (void);
6082 static void output_file_names (void);
6083 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6084 static int is_base_type (tree);
6085 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6086 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6087 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6088 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6089 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6090 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6091 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6093 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6094 enum var_init_status);
6095 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6096 enum var_init_status);
6097 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6098 enum var_init_status);
6099 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6100 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6101 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6102 enum var_init_status);
6103 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6104 enum var_init_status);
6105 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6106 enum var_init_status);
6107 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6108 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6109 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6110 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6111 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6112 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6113 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6114 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6115 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6117 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6118 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6119 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6120 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6121 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6122 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6123 enum dwarf_attribute);
6124 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6127 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6128 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6129 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6130 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6131 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6132 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6133 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6134 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6135 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6136 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6137 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6138 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6139 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6140 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6141 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6142 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6143 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6144 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6145 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6146 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6147 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6149 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6151 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6154 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6158 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6159 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6161 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6162 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6165 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6166 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6167 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6168 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6169 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6170 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6172 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6173 enum debug_info_usage);
6174 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6175 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6176 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6177 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6178 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6179 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6180 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6181 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6182 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6183 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6184 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6185 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6186 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6187 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6188 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6189 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6190 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6191 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6192 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6193 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6194 const char *, const char *);
6195 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6196 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6198 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6199 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6200 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6201 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6202 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6203 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6204 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6205 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6206 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6208 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6233 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6234 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6236 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6237 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6239 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6240 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6242 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6243 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6246 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6247 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6248 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6251 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6252 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6253 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6254 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6257 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6258 the section names themselves. */
6260 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6263 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6272 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6273 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6275 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6276 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6278 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6279 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6281 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6282 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6285 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6286 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6287 #define AT_linkage_name \
6288 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6291 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6292 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6293 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6294 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6295 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6297 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6298 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6299 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6300 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6301 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6302 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6303 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6304 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6305 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6306 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6308 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6309 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6311 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6312 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6314 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6315 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6317 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6318 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6320 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6321 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6323 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6324 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6328 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6329 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6331 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6334 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6336 demangle_name_func = func;
6339 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6342 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6344 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6345 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6346 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6349 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6353 type_main_variant (tree type)
6355 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6357 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6358 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6359 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6360 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6362 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6363 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6364 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6369 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6372 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6374 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6376 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6377 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6380 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6383 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6387 case DW_TAG_padding:
6388 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6389 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6390 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6391 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6392 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6394 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6395 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6396 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6398 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6399 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6400 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6402 return "DW_TAG_label";
6403 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6404 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6406 return "DW_TAG_member";
6407 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6408 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6409 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6410 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6411 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6412 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6413 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6414 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6415 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6416 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6417 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6418 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6419 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6420 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6421 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6422 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6423 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6424 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6425 case DW_TAG_variant:
6426 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6427 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6428 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6429 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6430 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6431 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6432 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6433 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6434 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6436 return "DW_TAG_module";
6437 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6438 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6439 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6440 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6441 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6442 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6443 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6444 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6445 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6446 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6447 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6448 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6449 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6450 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6451 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6452 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6453 case DW_TAG_constant:
6454 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6455 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6456 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6457 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6458 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6460 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6461 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6462 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6463 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6464 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6465 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6466 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6467 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6468 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6469 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6470 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6471 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6472 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6473 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6474 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6475 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6476 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6477 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6478 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6479 case DW_TAG_variable:
6480 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6481 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6482 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6483 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6484 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6485 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6486 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6487 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6488 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6489 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6490 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6491 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6492 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6493 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6494 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6495 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6496 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6497 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6498 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6499 case DW_TAG_condition:
6500 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6501 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6502 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6503 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6504 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6505 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6506 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6507 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6508 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6509 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6510 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6511 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6512 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6513 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6514 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6515 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6516 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6517 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6518 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6519 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6520 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6521 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6522 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6523 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6524 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6525 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6526 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6528 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6532 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6535 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6540 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6541 case DW_AT_location:
6542 return "DW_AT_location";
6544 return "DW_AT_name";
6545 case DW_AT_ordering:
6546 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6547 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6548 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6549 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6550 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6551 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6552 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6553 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6554 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6555 case DW_AT_element_list:
6556 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6557 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6558 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6560 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6562 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6563 case DW_AT_language:
6564 return "DW_AT_language";
6566 return "DW_AT_member";
6568 return "DW_AT_discr";
6569 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6570 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6571 case DW_AT_visibility:
6572 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6574 return "DW_AT_import";
6575 case DW_AT_string_length:
6576 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6577 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6578 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6579 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6580 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6581 case DW_AT_const_value:
6582 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6583 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6584 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6585 case DW_AT_default_value:
6586 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6588 return "DW_AT_inline";
6589 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6590 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6591 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6592 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6593 case DW_AT_producer:
6594 return "DW_AT_producer";
6595 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6596 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6597 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6598 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6599 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6600 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6601 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6602 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6603 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6604 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6605 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6606 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6607 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6608 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6609 case DW_AT_address_class:
6610 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6611 case DW_AT_artificial:
6612 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6613 case DW_AT_base_types:
6614 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6615 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6616 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6618 return "DW_AT_count";
6619 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6620 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6621 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6622 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6623 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6624 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6625 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6626 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6627 case DW_AT_declaration:
6628 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6629 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6630 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6631 case DW_AT_encoding:
6632 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6633 case DW_AT_external:
6634 return "DW_AT_external";
6635 case DW_AT_explicit:
6636 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6637 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6638 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6640 return "DW_AT_friend";
6641 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6642 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6643 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6644 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6645 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6646 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6647 case DW_AT_priority:
6648 return "DW_AT_priority";
6650 return "DW_AT_segment";
6651 case DW_AT_specification:
6652 return "DW_AT_specification";
6653 case DW_AT_static_link:
6654 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6656 return "DW_AT_type";
6657 case DW_AT_use_location:
6658 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6659 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6660 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6661 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6662 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6663 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6664 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6666 case DW_AT_allocated:
6667 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6668 case DW_AT_associated:
6669 return "DW_AT_associated";
6670 case DW_AT_data_location:
6671 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6672 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6673 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6674 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6675 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6676 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6677 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6678 case DW_AT_extension:
6679 return "DW_AT_extension";
6681 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6682 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6683 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6684 case DW_AT_call_column:
6685 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6686 case DW_AT_call_file:
6687 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6688 case DW_AT_call_line:
6689 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6691 case DW_AT_signature:
6692 return "DW_AT_signature";
6693 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6694 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6695 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6696 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6697 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6698 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6699 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6700 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6701 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6702 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6704 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6706 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6708 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6709 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6710 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6711 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6712 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6713 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6714 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6715 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6716 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6717 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6718 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6719 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6720 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6721 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6722 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6723 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6724 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6725 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6727 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6728 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6729 case DW_AT_src_info:
6730 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6731 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6732 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6733 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6734 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6735 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6736 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6737 case DW_AT_body_end:
6738 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6739 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6740 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6741 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6742 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6743 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6744 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6745 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6746 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6747 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6748 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6749 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6750 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6751 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6752 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6753 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6754 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6755 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6756 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6757 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6758 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6760 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6761 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6764 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6768 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6771 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6776 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6777 case DW_FORM_block2:
6778 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6779 case DW_FORM_block4:
6780 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6782 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6784 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6786 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6787 case DW_FORM_string:
6788 return "DW_FORM_string";
6790 return "DW_FORM_block";
6791 case DW_FORM_block1:
6792 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6794 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6796 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6798 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6800 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6802 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6803 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6804 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6806 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6808 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6810 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6812 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6813 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6814 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6815 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6816 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6817 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6818 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6819 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6820 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6821 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6822 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6823 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6824 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6826 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6830 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6831 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6832 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6833 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6837 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6839 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6842 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6843 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6844 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6845 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6848 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6849 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6850 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6852 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6855 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6856 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6860 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6862 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6864 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6865 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6867 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6868 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6870 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6871 context = NULL_TREE;
6876 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6879 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6881 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6885 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6886 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6887 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6890 static inline enum dw_val_class
6891 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6893 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6896 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6899 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6903 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6904 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6905 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6906 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6909 static inline unsigned
6910 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6912 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6913 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6916 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6919 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6923 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6924 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6925 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6926 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6929 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6930 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6932 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6933 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6936 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6939 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6940 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6944 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6945 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6946 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6947 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6950 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6951 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6953 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6954 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6957 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6960 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6961 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6965 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6966 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6967 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6968 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6969 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6972 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6975 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6976 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6980 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6981 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6982 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6983 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6984 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6985 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6988 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6991 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6992 unsigned char data8[8])
6996 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6997 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6998 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6999 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7002 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7005 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7007 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7011 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7013 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7014 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7017 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7019 static struct indirect_string_node *
7020 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7022 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7025 if (! debug_str_hash)
7026 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7027 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7029 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7030 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7033 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7034 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7035 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7039 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7045 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7048 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7051 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7053 node = find_AT_string (str);
7055 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7056 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7057 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7058 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7061 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7062 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7065 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7072 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7073 ++dw2_string_counter;
7074 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7077 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7078 debug string STR. */
7081 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7083 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7085 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7087 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7089 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7092 static inline const char *
7093 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7095 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7096 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7099 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7100 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7102 static enum dwarf_form
7103 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7105 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7108 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7110 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7114 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7116 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7117 always better to put it inline. */
7118 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7119 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7121 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7122 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7124 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7125 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7126 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7127 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7129 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7131 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7134 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7137 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7141 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7142 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7143 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7144 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7145 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7148 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7149 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7152 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7154 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7155 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7156 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7159 static inline dw_die_ref
7160 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7162 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7163 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7167 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7169 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7170 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7176 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7178 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7179 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7182 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7185 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7189 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7190 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7191 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7192 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7195 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7198 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7202 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7203 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7204 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7205 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7208 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7209 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7211 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7212 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7216 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7220 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7221 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7222 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7223 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7224 have_location_lists = true;
7227 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7228 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7230 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7231 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7234 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7235 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7237 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7238 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7241 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7244 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7248 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7249 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7250 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7251 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7254 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7257 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7259 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7260 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7263 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7266 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7267 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7271 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7272 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7273 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7274 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7277 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7279 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7280 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7282 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7283 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7286 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7289 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7293 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7294 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7295 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7296 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7299 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7300 debug_line section. */
7303 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7308 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7309 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7310 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7311 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7314 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7315 debug_macinfo section. */
7318 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7323 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7324 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7325 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7326 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7329 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7332 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7333 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7337 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7338 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7339 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7340 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7343 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7346 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7347 long unsigned int offset)
7351 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7352 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7353 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7354 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7357 static inline const char *
7358 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7360 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7361 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7362 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7363 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7366 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7369 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7373 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7378 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7379 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7381 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7382 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7386 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7391 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7392 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7393 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7395 static inline const char *
7396 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7398 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7400 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7403 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7404 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7405 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7407 static inline const char *
7408 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7410 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7412 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7415 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7416 NULL if it is not present. */
7418 static inline const char *
7419 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7421 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7423 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7426 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7427 if it is not present. */
7430 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7432 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7434 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7437 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7438 if it is not present. */
7440 static inline unsigned
7441 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7443 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7445 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7448 static inline dw_die_ref
7449 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7451 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7453 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7456 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7457 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7459 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7461 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7464 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7469 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7471 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7474 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7479 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7481 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7482 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7483 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7486 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7491 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7493 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7496 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7499 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7507 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7508 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7510 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7511 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7512 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7514 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7516 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7521 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7522 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7525 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7527 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7528 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7531 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7535 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7536 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7537 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7540 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7541 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7544 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7546 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7548 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7549 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7551 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7552 if (prev == old_child)
7554 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7555 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7559 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7560 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7562 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7563 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7566 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7569 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7572 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7573 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7574 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7577 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7581 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7587 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7589 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7591 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7592 /* Might have removed every child. */
7593 if (c == c->die_sib)
7597 } while (c != die->die_child);
7600 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7603 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7605 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7606 if (! die || ! child_die)
7608 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7610 child_die->die_parent = die;
7613 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7614 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7617 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7618 die->die_child = child_die;
7621 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7622 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7623 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7626 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7630 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7631 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7632 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7634 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7640 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7641 || (child->die_parent
7642 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7644 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7645 if (p->die_sib == child)
7647 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7651 add_child_die (parent, child);
7654 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7656 static inline dw_die_ref
7657 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7659 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7661 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7663 if (parent_die != NULL)
7664 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7667 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7669 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7670 limbo_node->die = die;
7671 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7672 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7673 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7679 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7681 static inline dw_die_ref
7682 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7684 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7687 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7690 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7692 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7695 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7698 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7700 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7703 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7706 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7708 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7711 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7713 static inline dw_die_ref
7714 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7716 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7719 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7722 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7724 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7727 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7731 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7733 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7736 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7738 static inline var_loc_list *
7739 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7741 if (!decl_loc_table)
7743 return (var_loc_list *)
7744 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7747 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7750 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7752 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7755 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7757 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7760 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7762 static struct var_loc_node *
7763 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
7765 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7768 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7770 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7773 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7774 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7778 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7782 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
7786 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
7788 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
7789 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
7791 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
7792 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
7794 if (temp->last != last)
7796 temp->last->next = NULL;
7799 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
7803 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
7804 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
7808 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7809 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7810 we have nothing to do. */
7811 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last->var_loc_note),
7812 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7813 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last->var_loc_note)
7814 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7815 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last->var_loc_note)
7816 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7817 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7818 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7820 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
7821 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
7822 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
7826 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
7829 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7831 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
7832 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
7833 if (last != temp->last)
7841 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7848 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7849 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7850 the DIE internal representation. */
7851 static int print_indent;
7853 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7856 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7858 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7861 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7864 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7868 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7869 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7872 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7873 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7876 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7882 print_spaces (outfile);
7883 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7884 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7885 print_spaces (outfile);
7886 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7887 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7888 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7890 print_spaces (outfile);
7891 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7892 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7893 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7896 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7898 print_spaces (outfile);
7899 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7901 switch (AT_class (a))
7903 case dw_val_class_addr:
7904 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7906 case dw_val_class_offset:
7907 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7909 case dw_val_class_loc:
7910 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7912 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7913 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7914 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7916 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7917 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7919 case dw_val_class_const:
7920 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7922 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7923 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7925 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7926 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7927 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7928 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7929 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7931 case dw_val_class_vec:
7932 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7934 case dw_val_class_flag:
7935 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7937 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7938 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7940 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7942 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7943 print_signature (outfile,
7944 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7946 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7947 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7948 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7950 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7953 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7955 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7956 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7957 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7958 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7960 case dw_val_class_str:
7961 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7962 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7964 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7966 case dw_val_class_file:
7967 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7968 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7970 case dw_val_class_data8:
7974 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7975 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7982 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7985 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7988 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7991 if (print_indent == 0)
7992 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7995 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7996 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7999 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
8002 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
8004 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8005 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
8007 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
8008 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
8009 line_info->dw_file_num,
8010 line_info->dw_line_num);
8013 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
8016 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8019 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
8021 print_die (die, stderr);
8024 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8025 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8031 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
8032 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
8033 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8036 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8037 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8038 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8041 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8043 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8044 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8046 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8050 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8053 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8055 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8057 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8061 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8062 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8064 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8067 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8071 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8073 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8074 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8077 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8080 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8082 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8085 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8087 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8088 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8089 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8092 switch (AT_class (at))
8094 case dw_val_class_const:
8095 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8097 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8098 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8100 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8101 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8103 case dw_val_class_vec:
8104 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8106 case dw_val_class_flag:
8107 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8109 case dw_val_class_str:
8110 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8113 case dw_val_class_addr:
8115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8116 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8119 case dw_val_class_offset:
8120 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8123 case dw_val_class_loc:
8124 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8125 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8128 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8129 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8132 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8133 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8134 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8135 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8138 case dw_val_class_file:
8139 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8142 case dw_val_class_data8:
8143 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8151 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8154 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8160 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8163 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8166 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8168 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8170 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8171 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8173 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8177 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8179 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8180 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8181 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8182 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8183 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8184 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8185 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8187 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8190 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8197 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8199 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8200 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8209 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8212 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8216 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8219 /* More bytes to follow. */
8227 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8228 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8231 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8235 int tag = die->die_tag;
8237 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8238 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8239 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8242 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8244 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8248 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8249 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8251 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8252 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8254 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8257 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8260 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8262 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8263 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8264 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8266 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8267 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8271 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8274 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8275 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8276 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8277 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8281 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8284 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8285 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8287 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8290 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8292 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8294 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8295 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8296 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8297 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8298 is complete or not. */
8299 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8300 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8301 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8302 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8303 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8304 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8305 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8307 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8309 if (name_attr != NULL)
8311 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8316 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8317 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8318 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8319 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8320 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8325 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8326 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8327 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8328 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8332 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8336 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8340 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8343 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8344 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8345 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8350 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8351 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8353 switch (AT_class (at))
8355 case dw_val_class_const:
8356 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8357 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8360 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8361 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8362 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8365 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8366 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8367 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8368 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8371 case dw_val_class_vec:
8372 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8373 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8374 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8377 case dw_val_class_flag:
8378 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8379 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8382 case dw_val_class_str:
8383 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8384 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8387 case dw_val_class_addr:
8389 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8390 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8391 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8394 case dw_val_class_offset:
8395 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8396 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8399 case dw_val_class_loc:
8400 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8401 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8404 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8405 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8406 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8407 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8410 case dw_val_class_file:
8411 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8412 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8415 case dw_val_class_data8:
8416 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8424 struct checksum_attributes
8426 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8436 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8437 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8438 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8439 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8440 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8441 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8442 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8443 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8444 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8445 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8446 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8447 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8448 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8449 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8450 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8451 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8452 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8453 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8454 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8455 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8456 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8457 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8458 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8459 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8460 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8461 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8462 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8463 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8464 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8465 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8466 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8467 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8468 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8469 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8470 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8471 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8472 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8475 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8478 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8483 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8494 attrs->at_friend = a;
8496 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8497 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8499 case DW_AT_address_class:
8500 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8502 case DW_AT_allocated:
8503 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8505 case DW_AT_artificial:
8506 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8508 case DW_AT_associated:
8509 attrs->at_associated = a;
8511 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8512 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8514 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8515 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8517 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8518 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8520 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8521 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8523 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8524 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8526 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8527 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8529 case DW_AT_const_value:
8530 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8532 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8533 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8536 attrs->at_count = a;
8538 case DW_AT_data_location:
8539 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8541 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8542 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8544 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8545 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8547 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8548 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8550 case DW_AT_default_value:
8551 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8553 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8554 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8557 attrs->at_discr = a;
8559 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8560 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8562 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8563 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8565 case DW_AT_encoding:
8566 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8568 case DW_AT_endianity:
8569 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8571 case DW_AT_explicit:
8572 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8574 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8575 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8577 case DW_AT_location:
8578 attrs->at_location = a;
8580 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8581 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8584 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8586 case DW_AT_ordering:
8587 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8589 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8590 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8592 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8593 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8596 attrs->at_small = a;
8599 attrs->at_segment = a;
8601 case DW_AT_string_length:
8602 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8604 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8605 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8607 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8608 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8610 case DW_AT_use_location:
8611 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8613 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8614 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8616 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8617 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8619 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8620 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8622 case DW_AT_visibility:
8623 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8625 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8626 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8634 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8637 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8641 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8643 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8644 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8646 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8648 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8650 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8651 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8663 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8664 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8665 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8666 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8667 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8668 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8669 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8670 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8671 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8672 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8673 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8674 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8675 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8676 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8677 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8678 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8679 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8680 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8681 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8682 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8683 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8684 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8685 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8686 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8687 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8688 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8689 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8690 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8691 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8692 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8693 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8694 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8695 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8696 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8697 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8698 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8699 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8701 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8704 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8707 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8708 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8709 && name_attr != NULL)
8711 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8712 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8713 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8717 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8718 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8720 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8722 } while (c != die->die_child);
8724 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8728 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8729 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8730 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8731 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8733 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8734 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8735 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8736 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8737 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8738 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8739 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8742 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8746 unsigned char checksum[16];
8750 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8751 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8753 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8754 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8755 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8757 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8759 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8761 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8762 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8763 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8765 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8766 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8767 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8769 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8772 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8774 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8776 die->die_mark = mark;
8778 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8779 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8780 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8782 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8783 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8784 unmark_all_dies (die);
8785 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8787 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8788 type node together. */
8789 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8790 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8791 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8792 type_node->type_die = die;
8794 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8797 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8800 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8802 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8804 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8805 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8806 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8809 /* Do the values look the same? */
8811 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8813 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8816 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8819 switch (v1->val_class)
8821 case dw_val_class_const:
8822 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8823 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8824 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8825 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8826 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8827 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8828 case dw_val_class_vec:
8829 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8830 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8832 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8833 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8836 case dw_val_class_flag:
8837 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8838 case dw_val_class_str:
8839 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8841 case dw_val_class_addr:
8842 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8843 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8844 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8846 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8848 case dw_val_class_offset:
8849 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8851 case dw_val_class_loc:
8852 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8854 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8855 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8857 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8859 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8860 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8862 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8863 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8864 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8865 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8868 case dw_val_class_file:
8869 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8871 case dw_val_class_data8:
8872 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8879 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8882 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8884 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8887 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8888 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8889 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8892 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8895 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8898 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8904 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8906 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8907 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8909 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8912 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8913 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8916 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8917 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8920 c1 = die1->die_child;
8921 c2 = die2->die_child;
8930 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8934 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8936 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8946 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8949 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8952 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8954 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8955 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8960 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8962 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8964 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8965 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8967 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8968 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8971 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8973 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8974 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8975 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8978 unsigned char checksum[16];
8981 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8982 the name filename of the unit. */
8984 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8986 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8987 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8988 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8990 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8991 clean_symbol_name (name);
8993 p = name + strlen (name);
8994 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8996 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
9000 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
9001 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
9004 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9007 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
9009 switch (die->die_tag)
9011 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9012 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9013 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9014 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9015 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9016 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9017 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9018 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9019 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9020 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9021 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9022 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9023 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9024 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9025 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9026 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9027 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9028 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9029 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9030 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9037 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9038 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9039 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9040 compilations (functions). */
9043 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9045 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9046 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9047 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9048 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9050 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9053 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9054 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9055 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9056 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9057 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9059 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9061 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9064 return is_type_die (c);
9067 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9068 compilation unit. */
9071 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9073 return (is_type_die (c)
9074 || is_declaration_die (c)
9075 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9076 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9080 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9084 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9085 return xstrdup (buf);
9088 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9091 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9095 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9097 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9099 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9101 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9102 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9103 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9106 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9109 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9112 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9115 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9116 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9119 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9121 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9123 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9124 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9126 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9130 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9132 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9133 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9134 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9136 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9140 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9142 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9143 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9153 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9156 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9158 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9159 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9161 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9163 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9164 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9168 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9170 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9176 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9180 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9182 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9183 entry->next = *slot;
9189 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9191 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9193 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9195 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9196 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9200 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9203 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9204 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9205 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9208 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9211 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9212 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9213 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9217 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9219 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9220 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9222 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9224 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9225 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9227 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9228 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9229 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9230 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9232 add_child_die (unit, c);
9234 if (c == die->die_child)
9237 } while (c != die->die_child);
9240 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9241 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9245 assign_symbol_names (die);
9246 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9247 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9253 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9254 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9255 &comdat_symbol_number);
9256 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9258 *pnode = node->next;
9261 pnode = &node->next;
9262 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9263 comdat_symbol_number);
9266 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9269 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9272 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9277 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9278 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9284 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9285 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9288 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9290 switch (die->die_tag)
9292 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9293 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9294 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9295 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9296 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9297 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9300 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9301 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9302 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9303 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9304 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9305 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9306 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9307 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9308 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9309 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9310 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9311 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9312 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9313 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9314 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9315 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9321 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9324 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9330 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9331 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9333 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9334 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9339 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9342 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9345 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9347 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9352 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9355 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9362 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9363 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9364 return clone_die (die);
9366 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9367 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9369 return clone_die (decl);
9371 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9372 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9374 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9376 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9377 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9378 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9382 case DW_AT_artificial:
9383 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9384 case DW_AT_external:
9387 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9388 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9389 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9390 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9392 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9398 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9399 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9401 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9405 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9406 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9407 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9408 attached to the specification. */
9411 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9414 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9416 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9425 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9426 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9427 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9429 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9431 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9433 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9434 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9435 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9436 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9439 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9442 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9443 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9444 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9446 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9447 if (new_decl != NULL)
9449 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9450 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9455 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9456 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9459 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9461 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9464 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9466 if (node->parent != NULL)
9468 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9469 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9473 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9474 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9475 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9478 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9480 skeleton_chain_node node;
9483 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9484 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9486 node.parent = parent;
9488 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9492 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9495 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9497 node.new_die = NULL;
9498 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9500 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9501 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9502 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9503 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9504 move_all_children (c, clone);
9506 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9507 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9508 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9512 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9513 } while (next != NULL);
9516 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9519 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9521 skeleton_chain_node node;
9524 node.new_die = NULL;
9527 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9528 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9529 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9530 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9532 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9533 return node.new_die;
9536 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9537 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9538 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9539 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9540 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9541 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9544 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9546 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9548 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9549 if (skeleton == NULL)
9550 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9553 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9554 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9560 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9561 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9564 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9568 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9569 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9570 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9572 first = c = die->die_child;
9576 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9579 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9580 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9582 dw_die_ref replacement;
9583 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9585 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9586 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9587 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9588 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9589 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9590 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9591 type_node->root_die = unit;
9592 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9593 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9595 /* Generate the type signature. */
9596 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9598 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9599 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9600 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9602 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9603 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9605 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9606 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9608 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9609 add_child_die (unit, c);
9611 if (replacement != NULL)
9614 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9615 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9616 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9617 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9619 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9620 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9622 } while (next != NULL);
9625 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9627 struct decl_table_entry
9633 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9636 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9638 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9639 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9641 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9645 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9647 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9648 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9649 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9651 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9655 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9657 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9662 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9663 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9664 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9665 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9668 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9670 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9671 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9674 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9678 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9679 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9680 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9681 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9683 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9687 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9688 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9696 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9699 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9700 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9701 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9704 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9705 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9707 if (decl_table != NULL)
9709 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9711 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9718 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9719 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9723 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9729 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9731 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9733 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9734 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9736 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9738 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9741 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9742 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9744 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9746 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9747 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9748 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9749 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9753 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9754 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9756 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9760 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9761 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9762 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9763 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9764 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9769 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9770 into the new type unit. */
9771 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9772 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9773 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9774 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9777 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9778 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9780 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9781 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9782 get visited otherwise. */
9784 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9789 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9792 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9793 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9794 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9795 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9796 don't have an external reference. */
9799 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9804 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9805 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9806 htab_delete (decl_table);
9810 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9811 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9812 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9815 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9819 if (! die->die_child)
9822 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9823 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9825 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9828 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9831 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9838 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9839 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9841 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9844 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9845 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9846 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9847 die are visited recursively. */
9850 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9852 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9853 unsigned int n_alloc;
9858 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9859 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9860 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9861 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9862 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9864 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9865 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9868 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9870 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9871 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9875 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9877 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9880 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9881 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9884 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9886 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9887 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9888 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9898 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9900 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9902 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9903 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9906 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9907 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9908 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9911 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9912 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9915 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9916 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9919 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9922 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9929 log = floor_log2 (value);
9932 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9937 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9938 .debug_info section. */
9940 static unsigned long
9941 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9943 unsigned long size = 0;
9947 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9948 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9950 switch (AT_class (a))
9952 case dw_val_class_addr:
9953 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9955 case dw_val_class_offset:
9956 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9958 case dw_val_class_loc:
9960 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9963 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9964 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
9966 size += constant_size (lsize);
9970 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9971 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9973 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9974 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9976 case dw_val_class_const:
9977 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9979 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9980 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9982 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9983 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9984 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9987 case dw_val_class_vec:
9988 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9989 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9990 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9991 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9993 case dw_val_class_flag:
9994 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9995 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9996 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9997 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9998 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9999 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10000 the same abbrev entry. */
10001 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10005 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10006 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10008 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10009 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10010 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10011 it's always sized as an offset. */
10012 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10013 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
10014 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
10015 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10017 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10020 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10022 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10023 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10025 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10026 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10028 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10029 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10030 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10032 case dw_val_class_str:
10033 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10034 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10036 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
10038 case dw_val_class_file:
10039 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10041 case dw_val_class_data8:
10045 gcc_unreachable ();
10052 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10053 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10054 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10055 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10058 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10062 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10063 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10065 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10067 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10068 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10069 next_die_offset += 1;
10072 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10073 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10074 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10075 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10078 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10082 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10085 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10088 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10091 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10095 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10096 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10099 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10102 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10105 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10111 if (!die->die_mark)
10115 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10117 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10118 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10119 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10122 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10123 generated for the compilation unit. */
10125 static unsigned long
10126 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10128 unsigned long size;
10132 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10133 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10134 if (names != pubtype_table
10135 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10136 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10137 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10139 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10143 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10145 static unsigned long
10146 size_of_aranges (void)
10148 unsigned long size;
10150 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10152 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10153 if (text_section_used)
10154 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10155 if (cold_text_section_used)
10156 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10157 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10159 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10160 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10164 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10166 static enum dwarf_form
10167 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10169 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10171 case dw_val_class_addr:
10172 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10173 switch (a->dw_attr)
10176 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10177 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10178 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10179 return DW_FORM_addr;
10183 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10186 return DW_FORM_data1;
10188 return DW_FORM_data2;
10190 return DW_FORM_data4;
10192 return DW_FORM_data8;
10194 gcc_unreachable ();
10196 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10197 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10198 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10199 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10201 case dw_val_class_offset:
10202 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10205 return DW_FORM_data4;
10207 return DW_FORM_data8;
10209 gcc_unreachable ();
10211 case dw_val_class_loc:
10212 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10213 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10214 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10217 return DW_FORM_block1;
10219 return DW_FORM_block2;
10221 gcc_unreachable ();
10223 case dw_val_class_const:
10224 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10225 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10226 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10229 return DW_FORM_data1;
10231 return DW_FORM_data2;
10233 return DW_FORM_data4;
10235 return DW_FORM_data8;
10237 gcc_unreachable ();
10239 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10240 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10243 return DW_FORM_data2;
10245 return DW_FORM_data4;
10247 return DW_FORM_data8;
10250 return DW_FORM_block1;
10252 case dw_val_class_vec:
10253 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10254 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10257 return DW_FORM_block1;
10259 return DW_FORM_block2;
10261 return DW_FORM_block4;
10263 gcc_unreachable ();
10265 case dw_val_class_flag:
10266 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10268 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10269 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10270 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10271 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10272 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10273 the same abbrev entry. */
10274 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10275 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10277 return DW_FORM_flag;
10278 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10279 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10280 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10282 return DW_FORM_ref;
10283 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10284 return DW_FORM_data;
10285 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10286 return DW_FORM_addr;
10287 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10288 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10289 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10290 case dw_val_class_str:
10291 return AT_string_form (a);
10292 case dw_val_class_file:
10293 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10296 return DW_FORM_data1;
10298 return DW_FORM_data2;
10300 return DW_FORM_data4;
10302 gcc_unreachable ();
10305 case dw_val_class_data8:
10306 return DW_FORM_data8;
10309 gcc_unreachable ();
10313 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10316 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10318 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10320 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10323 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10327 output_abbrev_section (void)
10329 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10331 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10333 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10335 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10337 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10338 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10339 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10341 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10342 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10344 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10346 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10349 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10350 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10351 output_value_format (a_attr);
10354 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10355 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10358 /* Terminate the table. */
10359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10362 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10365 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10367 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10372 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10373 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10374 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10376 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10378 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10381 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10384 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10385 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10386 const char *section)
10388 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10390 retlist->begin = begin;
10391 retlist->end = end;
10392 retlist->expr = expr;
10393 retlist->section = section;
10398 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10399 hasn't got one yet. */
10402 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10404 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10405 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10408 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10411 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10413 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10415 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10417 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10418 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10420 unsigned long size;
10421 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10422 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10424 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10426 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10427 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10428 list_head->ll_symbol);
10429 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10430 "Location list end address (%s)",
10431 list_head->ll_symbol);
10435 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10436 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10437 list_head->ll_symbol);
10438 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10439 "Location list end address (%s)",
10440 list_head->ll_symbol);
10442 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10444 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10445 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10446 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10448 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10451 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10452 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10453 list_head->ll_symbol);
10454 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10455 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10456 list_head->ll_symbol);
10459 /* Output a type signature. */
10462 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10466 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10470 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10471 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10474 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10478 unsigned long size;
10481 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10482 them to point to. */
10483 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10484 output_die_symbol (die);
10486 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10487 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10488 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10490 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10492 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10494 switch (AT_class (a))
10496 case dw_val_class_addr:
10497 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10500 case dw_val_class_offset:
10501 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10505 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10507 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10509 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10510 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10511 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10512 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10517 case dw_val_class_loc:
10518 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10520 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10521 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10522 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10524 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10526 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10529 case dw_val_class_const:
10530 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10531 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10532 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10533 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10536 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10537 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10538 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10541 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10543 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10545 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10546 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10547 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10548 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10551 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10553 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10554 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10558 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10559 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10562 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10564 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10569 case dw_val_class_vec:
10571 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10572 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10576 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10577 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10578 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10583 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10585 i++, p += elt_size)
10586 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10587 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10591 case dw_val_class_flag:
10592 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10594 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10595 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10596 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10597 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10598 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10599 the same abbrev entry. */
10600 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10601 if (flag_debug_asm)
10602 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10603 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10609 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10611 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10614 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10619 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10620 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10622 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10624 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10625 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10627 gcc_assert (type_node);
10628 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10632 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10636 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10637 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10639 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10640 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10642 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10643 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10649 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10650 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10655 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10659 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10660 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10661 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10666 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10667 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10670 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10671 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10672 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10675 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10676 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10677 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10680 case dw_val_class_str:
10681 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10682 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10683 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10685 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10687 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10690 case dw_val_class_file:
10692 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10694 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10695 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10699 case dw_val_class_data8:
10703 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10705 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10710 gcc_unreachable ();
10714 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10716 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10717 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10719 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10722 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10723 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10726 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10728 int ver = dwarf_version;
10730 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10731 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10732 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10733 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10734 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10735 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10736 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10737 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10738 debug_abbrev_section,
10739 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10740 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10743 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10746 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10748 const char *secname;
10749 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10751 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10752 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10755 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10756 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10757 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10758 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10759 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10762 build_abbrev_table (die);
10764 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10765 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10766 calc_die_sizes (die);
10768 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10771 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10773 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10775 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10776 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10779 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10781 /* Output debugging information. */
10782 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10785 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10786 output_pubnames. */
10790 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10794 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10797 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10799 const char *secname;
10802 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10806 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10807 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10809 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10811 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10812 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10813 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10815 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10816 secname = ".debug_types";
10817 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10818 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10819 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10820 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10821 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10822 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10823 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10826 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10827 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10828 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10829 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10831 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10834 /* Output debugging information. */
10835 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10836 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10837 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10838 "Offset to Type DIE");
10839 output_die (node->root_die);
10841 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10844 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10846 static const char *
10847 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10849 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10852 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10855 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10860 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10861 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10865 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10867 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10869 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10871 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10875 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10878 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10883 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10884 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10885 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10890 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10892 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10893 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10894 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10895 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10896 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10898 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10903 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10905 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10908 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10909 it to the table. */
10910 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10911 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10915 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10916 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10919 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10922 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10925 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10926 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10927 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10928 if (names == pubname_table)
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10930 "Length of Public Names Info");
10932 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10933 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10934 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10935 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10936 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10937 debug_info_section,
10938 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10939 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10940 "Compilation Unit Length");
10942 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10944 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10945 if (names == pubname_table)
10946 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10948 if (names != pubtype_table
10949 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10950 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10952 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10955 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10959 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10962 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10965 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10967 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10970 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10972 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10973 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10974 arange_table_allocated);
10975 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10976 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10979 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10982 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10983 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10984 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10987 output_aranges (void)
10990 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10992 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10993 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10994 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10995 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10996 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10997 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10998 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10999 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11000 debug_info_section,
11001 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11002 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
11003 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11005 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11006 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
11008 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11010 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11011 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11012 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
11013 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
11016 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11017 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11018 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11019 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11020 confused with the terminator. */
11021 if (text_section_used)
11023 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
11024 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
11025 text_section_label, "Length");
11027 if (cold_text_section_used)
11029 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
11031 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
11032 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
11035 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
11037 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
11039 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11040 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11042 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11044 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11046 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11047 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11051 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11052 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11053 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11054 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11055 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11057 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11060 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11062 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11063 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11064 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11065 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11070 /* Output the terminator words. */
11071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11072 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11075 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11078 static unsigned int
11079 add_ranges_num (int num)
11081 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11083 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11085 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11086 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11087 ranges_table_allocated);
11088 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11089 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11092 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11093 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11095 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11098 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11099 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11101 static unsigned int
11102 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11104 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11107 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11111 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11114 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11115 unsigned int offset;
11117 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11119 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11120 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11122 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11123 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11124 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11125 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11128 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11129 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11130 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11132 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11135 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11141 output_ranges (void)
11144 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11145 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11147 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11149 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11153 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11154 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11156 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11159 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11160 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11161 base of the text section. */
11162 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11164 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11165 text_section_label,
11166 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11167 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11168 text_section_label, NULL);
11171 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11172 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11173 about whether the target supports cross-section
11177 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11178 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11179 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11185 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11186 else if (block_num < 0)
11188 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11190 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11192 gcc_unreachable ();
11194 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11195 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11196 the #if 0 above. */
11197 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11198 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11199 text_section_label,
11200 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11201 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11202 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11203 text_section_label, NULL);
11208 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11209 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11210 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11211 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11212 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11218 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11219 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11225 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11228 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11229 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11230 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11231 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11232 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11235 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11239 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11240 int length; /* Path length. */
11241 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11242 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11243 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11246 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11247 the directories in the path. */
11250 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11252 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11253 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11254 const unsigned char *cp1;
11255 const unsigned char *cp2;
11257 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11258 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11259 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11260 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11261 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11262 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11263 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11265 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11266 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11272 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11273 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11274 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11275 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11276 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11278 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11279 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11280 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11284 struct file_name_acquire_data
11286 struct file_info *files;
11291 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11294 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11296 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11297 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11298 struct file_info *fi;
11301 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11303 if (! d->emitted_number)
11306 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11308 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11310 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11312 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11315 /* Create a new array entry. */
11317 fi->length = strlen (f);
11320 /* Search for the file name part. */
11321 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11322 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11324 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11328 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11334 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11338 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11339 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11340 slowdowns with many input files. */
11343 output_file_names (void)
11345 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11347 struct file_info *files;
11348 struct dir_info *dirs;
11356 if (!last_emitted_file)
11358 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11363 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11365 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11366 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11367 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11369 fnad.files = files;
11370 fnad.used_files = 0;
11371 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11372 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11373 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11375 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11377 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11378 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11379 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11380 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11382 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11383 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11386 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11387 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11388 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11389 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11391 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11392 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11393 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11399 /* This is a new directory. */
11400 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11401 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11402 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11403 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11404 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11406 /* Search for a prefix. */
11407 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11408 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11409 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11410 && dirs[j].length > 1
11411 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11412 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11413 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11414 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11419 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11420 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11421 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11422 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11423 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11424 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11425 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11426 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11428 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11429 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11434 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11435 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11436 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11437 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11439 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11442 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11444 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11448 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11449 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11450 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11454 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11455 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11457 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11458 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11463 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11465 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11467 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11468 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11469 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11471 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11472 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11474 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11475 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11480 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11481 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11482 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11483 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11485 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11486 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11488 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11490 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11491 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11492 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11493 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11494 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11495 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11497 /* Now write all the file names. */
11498 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11500 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11501 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11503 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11504 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11506 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11507 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11512 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11513 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11514 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11515 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11517 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11518 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11519 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11521 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11522 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11524 /* Include directory index. */
11525 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11527 /* Modification time. */
11528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11529 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11533 /* File length in bytes. */
11534 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11535 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11539 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11540 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11542 /* Include directory index. */
11543 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11545 /* Modification time. */
11546 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11548 /* File length in bytes. */
11549 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11557 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11558 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11561 output_line_info (void)
11563 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11564 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11565 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11567 unsigned n_op_args;
11568 unsigned long lt_index;
11569 unsigned long current_line;
11572 unsigned long current_file;
11573 unsigned long function;
11574 int ver = dwarf_version;
11576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11577 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11579 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11581 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11582 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11583 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11584 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11585 "Length of Source Line Info");
11586 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11588 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11589 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11590 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11592 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11593 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11594 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11595 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11596 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11597 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11598 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11599 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11601 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11605 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11607 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11608 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11609 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11611 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11612 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11613 "Special Opcode Base");
11615 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11619 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11620 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11621 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11622 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11623 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11635 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11636 output_file_names ();
11637 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11639 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11640 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11641 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11643 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11644 a series of state machine operations. */
11648 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11649 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11651 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11652 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11654 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11657 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11658 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11661 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11662 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11663 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11664 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11665 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11669 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11671 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11672 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11673 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11674 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11675 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11676 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11681 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11683 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11684 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11688 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11689 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11690 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11691 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11693 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11696 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11698 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11699 different from the previous line. */
11700 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11702 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11704 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11707 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11708 that uses the least amount of space. */
11709 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11711 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11712 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11713 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11714 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11715 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11716 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11719 "line %lu", current_line);
11722 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11723 depending on the value being encoded. */
11724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11725 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11726 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11731 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11732 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11735 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11739 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11740 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11745 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11746 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11747 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11750 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11751 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11757 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11759 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11760 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11763 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11764 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11765 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11766 && line_info->function == function)
11770 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11771 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11772 to handle it differently. */
11773 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11775 if (function != line_info->function)
11777 function = line_info->function;
11779 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11783 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11787 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11791 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11792 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11797 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11799 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11803 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11805 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11806 different from the previous line. */
11807 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11809 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11810 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11811 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11814 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11815 that uses the least amount of space. */
11816 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11818 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11819 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11820 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11821 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11823 "line %lu", current_line);
11826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11827 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11828 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11829 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11841 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11842 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11843 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11848 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11849 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11853 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11854 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11858 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11859 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11860 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11861 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11864 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11865 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11867 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11871 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11872 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11875 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11877 static unsigned long
11878 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11880 unsigned long size;
11883 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11885 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11886 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11888 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11889 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11891 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11892 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11893 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11895 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11896 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11897 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11899 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11900 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11902 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11908 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11909 identical function have been merged. */
11912 output_dcall_table (void)
11915 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11917 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11918 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11920 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11921 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11922 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11923 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11924 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11925 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11926 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11927 debug_info_section,
11928 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11931 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11933 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11934 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11936 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11937 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11940 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11941 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11942 "Caller DIE offset");
11945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11946 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11947 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11948 "Callee DIE offset");
11952 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11954 static unsigned long
11955 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11957 unsigned long size;
11961 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11964 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11965 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11966 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11971 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11972 identical function have been merged. */
11975 output_vcall_table (void)
11978 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11980 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11982 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11983 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11984 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11985 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11986 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11987 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11990 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11992 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11993 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11998 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11999 a DIE that describes the given type.
12001 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12002 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12005 base_type_die (tree type)
12007 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
12008 enum dwarf_type encoding;
12010 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
12013 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12014 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12015 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
12016 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12018 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12021 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
12023 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12024 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
12026 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
12028 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12029 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
12031 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12035 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12037 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12038 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12040 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12043 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12046 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12047 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12048 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12049 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12050 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12052 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12055 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12056 a user defined type for it. */
12058 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12059 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12061 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12065 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12066 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12070 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12071 gcc_unreachable ();
12074 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12076 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12077 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12078 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12080 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12081 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12082 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12084 return base_type_result;
12087 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12088 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12091 is_base_type (tree type)
12093 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12099 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12107 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12108 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12109 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12112 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12119 gcc_unreachable ();
12125 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12126 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12127 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12128 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12129 ERROR_MARK node. */
12131 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12132 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12134 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12135 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12136 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12138 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12139 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12141 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12144 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12145 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12148 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12150 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12151 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12153 if (context_die == NULL)
12154 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12156 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12158 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12160 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12161 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12162 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12166 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12168 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12170 return subrange_die;
12173 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12174 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12177 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12178 dw_die_ref context_die)
12180 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12181 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12182 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12183 tree item_type = NULL;
12184 tree qualified_type;
12185 tree name, low, high;
12187 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12190 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12193 = get_qualified_type (type,
12194 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12195 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12197 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12198 if (qualified_type)
12200 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12202 return mod_type_die;
12205 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12207 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12208 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12209 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12211 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12213 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12215 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12216 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12217 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12219 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12220 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12221 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12222 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12223 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12224 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12225 type to which it refers. */
12226 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12227 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12229 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12234 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12235 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12237 else if (is_volatile_type)
12239 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12240 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12242 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12244 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12245 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12246 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12247 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12248 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12249 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12250 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12252 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12254 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12255 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die,
12258 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12259 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12260 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12261 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12262 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12263 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12264 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12266 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12267 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12268 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12270 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12271 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12273 else if (is_base_type (type))
12274 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12277 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12279 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12280 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12281 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12282 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12283 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12285 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12286 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12288 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12289 not the main variant. */
12290 return lookup_type_die (type);
12293 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12294 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12295 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12296 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12297 if the base type already has the same name. */
12299 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12300 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12301 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12302 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12303 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12304 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12306 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12307 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12308 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12309 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12310 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12311 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12314 if (qualified_type)
12315 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12318 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12319 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12320 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12321 types are possible in Ada. */
12322 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12323 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12324 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12327 if (sub_die != NULL)
12328 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12330 return mod_type_die;
12333 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12334 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12335 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12338 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12342 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12344 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12348 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12349 else if (DECL_P (t))
12350 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12354 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12356 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12357 or function. End of story. */
12360 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12361 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12362 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12364 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12366 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12367 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12368 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12369 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12371 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12373 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12374 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12375 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12376 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12377 an argument pack. */
12378 if (arg_pack_elems)
12379 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12383 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12384 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12389 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12390 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12391 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12392 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12393 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12395 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12396 as a child node. */
12399 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12401 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12403 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12404 const char *name = NULL;
12406 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12409 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12410 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12411 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12413 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12414 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12415 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12416 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12417 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12418 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12419 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12420 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12421 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12422 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12423 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12424 name of the template template argument. */
12425 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12428 gcc_unreachable ();
12434 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12435 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12436 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12437 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12441 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12443 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12446 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12448 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12449 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12450 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12451 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12452 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12453 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12454 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12455 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12460 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12461 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12462 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12464 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12465 to the name of the argument. */
12466 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12468 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12471 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12472 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12473 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12474 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12476 We must be careful here:
12477 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12478 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12479 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12480 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12481 emitted after cgraph computations.
12482 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12483 after cgraph is ready. */
12484 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12490 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12491 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12492 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12495 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12496 tree parm_pack_args,
12497 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12502 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12504 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12505 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12506 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12507 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12508 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12509 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12514 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12515 an enumerated type. */
12518 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12520 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12523 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12525 static unsigned int
12526 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12528 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12530 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12532 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12533 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12535 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12536 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12537 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12541 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12544 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12545 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12546 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12549 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12551 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12553 if (*list_head != NULL)
12555 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12556 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12559 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12560 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12564 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12565 zero if there is none. */
12567 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12568 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12572 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12575 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12577 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12578 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12580 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12583 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12584 a given hard register number. */
12586 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12587 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12589 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12593 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12595 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12597 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12598 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12600 return reg_loc_descr;
12603 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12604 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12606 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12607 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12608 enum var_init_status initialized)
12610 int nregs, size, i;
12612 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12615 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12616 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12618 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12619 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12620 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12623 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12624 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12626 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12627 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12629 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12634 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12636 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12637 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12638 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12639 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12645 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12647 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12649 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12652 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12654 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12656 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12657 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12658 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12659 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12660 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12663 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12664 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12668 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12670 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12672 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12674 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12675 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12677 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12679 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12680 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12684 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12685 else if (i <= 0xff)
12686 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12687 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12688 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12689 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12690 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12691 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12698 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12699 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12700 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12701 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12702 || i >= -0x80000000)
12703 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12708 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12712 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12713 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12714 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12716 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12717 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12720 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12722 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12729 else if (i <= 0xff)
12731 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12733 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12734 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12737 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12743 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12745 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12746 || i >= -0x80000000)
12749 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12751 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12752 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12753 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12754 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12755 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12756 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12758 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12759 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12760 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12764 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12766 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12767 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12771 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12773 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12774 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12775 enum var_init_status initialized)
12777 unsigned int regno;
12778 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12779 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12781 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12782 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12783 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12784 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12785 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12787 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12791 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12793 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12794 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12796 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12797 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12798 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12799 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12800 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12801 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12803 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12804 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12805 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12806 access stack variables. */
12807 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12808 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12811 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12812 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12813 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12814 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12817 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12818 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12823 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12824 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12826 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12827 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12828 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12829 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12830 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12831 else in other part of the routine. */
12832 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12835 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12837 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12840 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12842 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12843 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12848 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12851 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12853 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12854 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12855 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12856 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12859 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12862 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12863 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12866 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12868 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12871 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12873 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12874 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12877 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12878 if (loc_result == NULL)
12881 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12882 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12887 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12891 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12893 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12895 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12897 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12900 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12901 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12903 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12907 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12908 or via for_each_rtx. */
12911 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12915 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12917 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12918 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12919 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12920 inform (current_function_decl
12921 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12922 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12923 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12926 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12927 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12931 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12934 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12937 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12938 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12939 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12942 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12943 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12948 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12951 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12952 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12953 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12954 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12955 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12956 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12958 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12960 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12962 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12963 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12971 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12972 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12973 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12976 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12978 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12979 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12981 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12982 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12987 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12988 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12989 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12990 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12992 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12993 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12994 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12995 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12997 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12998 autoincrement addressing modes.
13000 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13001 location list for RTL.
13003 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13005 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13006 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13007 enum var_init_status initialized)
13009 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
13010 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13011 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
13013 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13014 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13015 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13016 zeroth element of the array. */
13018 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
13020 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13025 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13028 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13029 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13030 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13031 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13032 contains the given subreg. */
13033 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13035 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
13036 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13038 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13040 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13044 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13045 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13046 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13047 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13048 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13049 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13050 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13051 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13052 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13053 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13054 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13055 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13056 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13057 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13058 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13059 else if (stack_realign_drap
13061 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13062 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13064 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13065 out, use DRAP instead. */
13066 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13067 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13073 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13074 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13079 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13080 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13081 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13082 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13086 mem_loc_result = op0;
13087 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13088 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13089 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13090 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13095 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13096 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13097 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13098 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13099 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13101 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13103 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13106 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13107 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13109 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13110 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13111 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13115 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13116 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13117 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13122 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13124 /* ... fall through ... */
13127 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13128 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13132 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13133 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13135 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13137 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13138 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13141 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13142 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13143 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13144 temp->dtprel = true;
13146 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13147 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13152 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13156 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13157 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13158 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13159 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13165 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13166 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13170 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13171 PLUS code below. */
13172 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13177 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13179 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13180 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13181 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13182 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13184 /* ... fall through ... */
13188 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13189 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13190 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13191 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13194 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13195 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13196 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13199 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13200 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13203 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13204 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13205 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13206 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13208 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13209 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13210 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13215 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13216 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13258 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13259 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13260 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13261 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13263 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13266 mem_loc_result = op0;
13267 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13268 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13272 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13273 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13274 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13275 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13277 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13280 mem_loc_result = op0;
13281 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13282 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13283 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13284 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13285 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13286 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13302 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13303 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13308 mem_loc_result = op0;
13309 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13313 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13341 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13342 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13346 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13348 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13349 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13350 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13353 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13354 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13355 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13356 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13358 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13361 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13362 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13364 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13365 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13366 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13367 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13368 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13370 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13372 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13373 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13376 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13377 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13379 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13380 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13381 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13382 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13383 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13384 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13385 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13386 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13387 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13388 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13389 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13390 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13391 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13392 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13393 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13394 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13395 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13398 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13399 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13400 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13401 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13404 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13405 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13411 mem_loc_result = op0;
13412 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13413 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13414 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13416 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13417 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13418 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13439 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13440 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13444 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13446 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13447 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13448 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13451 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13452 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13453 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13454 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13456 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13459 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13460 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13462 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13463 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13465 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13466 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13469 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13470 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13472 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13473 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13474 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13475 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13476 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13477 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13479 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13480 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13482 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13483 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13484 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13485 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13486 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13487 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13489 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13490 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13495 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13496 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13497 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13498 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13499 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13500 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13502 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13512 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13513 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13514 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13517 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13518 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13519 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13520 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13522 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13525 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13526 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13527 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13528 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13530 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13532 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13533 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13534 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13535 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13536 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13540 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13541 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13542 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13543 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13546 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13548 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13549 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13550 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13551 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13552 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13553 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13554 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13557 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13561 mem_loc_result = op0;
13562 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13563 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13565 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13567 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13568 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13569 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13570 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13571 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13572 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13573 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13579 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13580 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13581 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13582 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13583 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13584 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13585 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13588 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13589 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13592 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13596 mem_loc_result = op0;
13597 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13598 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13599 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13600 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13602 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13604 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13605 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13607 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13609 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13611 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13612 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13613 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13623 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13624 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13651 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13653 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13656 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13657 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13659 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13671 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13674 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13675 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13680 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13684 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13685 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13686 gcc_unreachable ();
13692 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13693 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13695 return mem_loc_result;
13698 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13699 This is typically a complex variable. */
13701 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13702 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13704 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13705 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13706 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13707 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13708 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13710 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13713 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13714 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13716 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13717 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13719 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13720 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13722 return cc_loc_result;
13725 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13728 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13729 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13732 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13733 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13735 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13737 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13738 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13740 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13744 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13745 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13748 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13749 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13751 return cc_loc_result;
13754 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13755 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13756 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13757 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13758 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13760 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13761 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13762 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13764 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13766 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13767 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13768 enum var_init_status initialized)
13770 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13772 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13775 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13776 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13777 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13778 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13779 contains the given subreg. */
13780 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13784 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13789 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13793 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13795 if (loc_result == NULL)
13796 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13797 if (loc_result == NULL)
13799 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13800 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13801 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13806 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13811 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13816 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
13818 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
13819 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13820 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
13821 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
13825 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13830 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13831 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13832 enum machine_mode mode;
13835 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13836 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13837 VOIDmode, initialized);
13838 if (loc_result == NULL)
13840 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13841 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13842 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13844 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13846 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13847 VOIDmode, initialized);
13850 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13851 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13852 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13858 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13859 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13864 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13865 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13867 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13869 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13871 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13872 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13873 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13874 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13875 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13876 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13877 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13879 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13880 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13882 insert_float (rtl, array);
13883 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13884 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13885 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13886 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13890 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13891 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13892 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13893 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13894 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13900 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13901 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13903 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13905 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13906 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13907 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13911 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13912 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13914 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13915 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13917 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13918 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13920 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13928 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13929 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13933 gcc_unreachable ();
13936 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13937 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13940 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13941 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13943 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13944 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13949 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13950 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13955 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13956 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13958 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13959 insert_float (elt, p);
13964 gcc_unreachable ();
13967 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13968 length * elt_size, 0);
13969 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13970 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13971 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13972 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13977 if (mode == VOIDmode
13978 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13979 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13980 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13982 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13987 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13990 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13991 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13993 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13994 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13995 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13996 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13997 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14002 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
14003 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14004 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14006 /* Value expression. */
14007 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
14009 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
14010 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14018 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14019 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14020 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14021 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14022 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14023 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14025 static const char *
14026 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
14028 const char *secname;
14030 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
14032 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
14033 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14035 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14037 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14038 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14040 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14041 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14043 secname = text_section_label;
14048 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14051 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14053 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14054 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14055 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14058 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14061 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14062 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14063 enum var_init_status initialized)
14065 int have_address = 0;
14066 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14067 enum machine_mode mode;
14069 if (want_address != 2)
14071 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14073 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14075 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14076 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14077 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14078 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14079 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14081 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14082 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14087 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14089 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14093 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14100 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14107 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14108 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14110 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14112 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14113 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14116 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14119 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14120 if (want_address && !have_address)
14122 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14123 "Want address and only have value");
14127 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14128 if (!want_address && have_address)
14130 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14131 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14133 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14135 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14136 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14139 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14142 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14144 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14150 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14151 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14154 static dw_loc_list_ref
14155 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14157 const char *endname, *secname;
14159 enum var_init_status initialized;
14160 struct var_loc_node *node;
14161 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14162 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14163 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14164 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14166 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14167 actually construct the list of locations.
14168 The first location information is what is passed to the
14169 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14170 locations just get added on to that list.
14171 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14172 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14173 the range [current location start, next location start].
14174 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14175 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14177 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14179 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14180 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14182 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14183 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14184 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14185 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14186 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14189 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14191 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14195 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14196 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14197 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14199 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14200 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14201 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14204 if (!current_function_decl)
14205 endname = text_end_label;
14208 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14209 current_function_funcdef_no);
14210 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14213 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14214 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14218 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14219 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14220 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14221 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14222 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14224 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14230 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14231 as location description. */
14234 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14236 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14237 return !list->ll_symbol;
14240 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14243 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14245 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14246 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14247 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14250 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14251 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14252 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14253 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14255 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14256 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14257 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14260 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14264 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14265 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14266 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14267 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14269 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14270 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14271 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14272 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14276 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14285 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14287 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14290 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14292 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14296 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14297 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14298 " location lists.\n");
14303 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14304 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14306 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14307 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14309 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14310 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14311 enum machine_mode mode;
14313 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14318 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14320 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14321 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14323 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14325 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14326 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14329 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14330 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14331 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14334 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14335 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14336 into simple arithmetics. */
14338 static dw_loc_list_ref
14339 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14342 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14343 enum machine_mode mode;
14345 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14346 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14348 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14349 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14350 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14352 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14354 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14357 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14359 expansion_failed (obj,
14360 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14363 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14364 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14366 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14367 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14369 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14374 /* Variable offset. */
14375 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14376 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14378 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14381 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14382 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14384 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14386 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14387 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14389 else if (bytepos < 0)
14390 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14391 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14392 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14398 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14399 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14400 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14401 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14402 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14403 to refer to register values). */
14405 static dw_loc_list_ref
14406 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14408 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14409 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14410 int have_address = 0;
14411 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14413 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14414 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14417 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14420 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14423 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14424 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14425 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14426 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14427 the names of types. */
14428 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14432 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14433 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14436 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14437 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14438 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14439 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14440 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14441 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14445 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14446 e.g. for &this->field. */
14449 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14450 (loc, want_address == 2);
14453 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14454 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14457 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14458 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14459 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14463 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14469 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14472 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14473 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14474 bool dtprel = false;
14476 if (targetm.have_tls)
14478 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14480 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14483 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14484 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14486 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14488 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14490 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14494 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14495 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14497 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14498 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14499 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14502 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14503 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14508 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14509 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14512 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14513 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14514 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14515 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14517 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14518 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14526 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14527 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14532 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14535 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14537 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14539 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14540 have_address = want_address != 0;
14543 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14544 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14546 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14549 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14551 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14552 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14553 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14554 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14556 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14558 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14561 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14563 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14564 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14565 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14569 enum machine_mode mode;
14571 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14572 if (want_address == 2)
14574 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14575 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14580 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14583 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14586 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14589 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14590 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14596 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14597 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14598 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14602 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14603 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14606 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14609 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14611 case COMPONENT_REF:
14612 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14614 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14615 case REALPART_EXPR:
14616 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14619 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14620 enum machine_mode mode;
14622 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14624 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14625 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14627 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14629 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14631 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14632 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14633 for nonzero bitpos. */
14636 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14638 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14639 "bitfield access");
14643 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14645 /* Variable offset. */
14646 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14647 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14649 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14652 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14655 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14657 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14658 else if (bytepos < 0)
14659 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14666 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14667 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14669 else if (want_address == 2
14670 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14671 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14672 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14673 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14675 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14676 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14679 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14680 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14689 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14692 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14693 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14694 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14697 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14698 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14703 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14708 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14709 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14714 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14715 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14716 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14717 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14718 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14727 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14728 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14729 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14730 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14731 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14736 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14737 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14738 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14741 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14744 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14745 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14746 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14747 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14748 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14760 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14763 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14765 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14766 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14768 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14772 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14780 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14787 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14794 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14801 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14816 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14817 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14818 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14821 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14824 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14827 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14841 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14845 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14851 const enum tree_code code =
14852 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14854 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14855 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14856 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14857 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14860 /* ... fall through ... */
14864 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14865 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14866 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14867 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14868 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14870 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14871 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14874 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14875 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14877 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14878 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14879 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14881 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14882 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14883 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14885 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14886 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14887 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14888 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14889 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14893 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14897 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14898 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14899 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14900 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14902 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14903 "language specific tree node");
14907 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14908 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14909 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14910 gcc_unreachable ();
14912 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14913 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14918 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14921 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14922 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14924 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14926 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14927 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14931 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14933 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14934 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14937 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14938 if (want_address && !have_address)
14940 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14941 "Want address and only have value");
14945 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14947 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14948 if (!want_address && have_address)
14950 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14952 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14954 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14955 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14958 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14961 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14964 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14966 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14969 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14974 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14975 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14976 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14978 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14981 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14983 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14984 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14990 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14991 which is not less than the value itself. */
14993 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14994 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14996 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14999 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15000 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15001 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15002 ERROR_MARK node. */
15005 field_type (const_tree decl)
15009 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15010 return integer_type_node;
15012 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15013 if (type == NULL_TREE)
15014 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15019 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15020 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15021 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15023 static inline unsigned
15024 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
15026 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15029 static inline unsigned
15030 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15032 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15035 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15037 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15038 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
15040 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
15041 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
15042 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
15043 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
15044 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
15050 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
15053 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15054 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15055 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15056 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15057 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15060 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15061 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15063 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15064 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15066 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15069 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15071 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15072 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15073 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15074 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15077 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15079 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15080 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15083 tree field_size_tree;
15084 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15085 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15086 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15087 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15088 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15090 type = field_type (decl);
15091 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15092 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15094 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15096 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15097 a flexible array member. */
15098 if (!field_size_tree)
15099 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15101 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15102 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15103 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15105 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15107 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15109 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15110 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15111 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15112 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15113 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15114 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15115 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15116 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15117 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15119 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15121 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15122 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15123 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15124 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15125 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15126 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15127 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15128 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15129 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15130 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15131 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15133 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15134 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15135 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15136 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15137 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15138 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15139 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15140 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15141 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15142 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15145 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15146 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15147 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15148 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15149 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15150 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15151 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15153 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15154 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15155 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15157 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15158 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15160 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15162 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15164 object_offset_in_bits
15165 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15167 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15169 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15171 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15172 object_offset_in_bits
15173 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15178 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15180 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15183 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15184 associated with them. */
15186 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15188 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15189 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15190 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15193 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15194 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15198 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15199 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15201 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15204 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15205 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15206 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15207 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15208 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15209 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15212 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15213 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15214 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15215 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15216 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15217 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15218 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15219 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15220 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15221 function below.) */
15224 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15226 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15227 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15229 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15231 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15232 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15234 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15235 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15236 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15237 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15239 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15241 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15243 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15245 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15246 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15247 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15249 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15250 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15251 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15253 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15254 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15255 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15257 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15258 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15259 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15260 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15262 /* Extract the offset. */
15263 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15264 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15266 /* Add it to the object address. */
15267 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15268 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15271 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15274 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15278 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15280 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15281 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15286 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15288 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15289 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15290 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15292 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15293 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15294 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15298 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15301 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15305 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15308 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15311 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15315 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15321 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15323 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15324 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15326 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15332 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15338 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15341 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15343 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15347 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15348 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15350 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15351 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15353 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15358 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15359 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15360 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15361 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15362 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15365 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15367 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15371 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15374 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15376 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15381 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15382 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15383 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15386 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15388 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15390 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15391 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15393 insert_float (rtl, array);
15394 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15397 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15398 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15404 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15405 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15406 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15407 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15411 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15413 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15414 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15416 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15417 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15419 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15427 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15428 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15432 gcc_unreachable ();
15435 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15436 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15439 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15440 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15442 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15443 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15448 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15449 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15454 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15455 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15457 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15458 insert_float (elt, p);
15463 gcc_unreachable ();
15466 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15471 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15473 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15474 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15476 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15477 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15478 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15479 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15480 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15481 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15487 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15488 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15491 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15494 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15499 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15500 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15501 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15502 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15503 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15504 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15505 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15506 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15507 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15508 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15509 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15517 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15518 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15519 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15521 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15527 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15528 gcc_unreachable ();
15533 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15534 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15537 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15538 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15540 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15541 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15543 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15544 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15546 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15547 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15548 be conservative. */
15549 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15550 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15552 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15554 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15558 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15559 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15561 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15562 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15563 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15564 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15565 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15568 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15574 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15575 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15578 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15580 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15582 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15583 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15584 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15586 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15587 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15588 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15590 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15592 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15593 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15594 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15595 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15596 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15598 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15599 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15600 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15601 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15604 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15606 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15608 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15609 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15610 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15612 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15613 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15614 reference variables which won't be output. */
15615 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15616 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15618 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15620 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15621 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15626 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15628 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15629 bool constant_p = true;
15631 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15633 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15634 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15635 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15636 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15637 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15639 constant_p = false;
15645 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15655 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15657 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15658 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15664 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15667 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15671 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15672 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15673 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15675 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15676 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15677 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15678 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15679 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15680 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15681 referenced within the function.
15683 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15684 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15685 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15686 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15688 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15689 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15690 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15691 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15692 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15693 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15695 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15696 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15697 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15698 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15699 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15700 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15701 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15702 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15703 output at debug-time.
15705 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15706 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15707 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15708 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15709 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15710 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15711 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15712 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15713 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15714 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15715 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15716 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15717 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15719 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15720 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15721 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15722 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15723 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15724 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15725 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15726 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15727 I'd like to fix it.
15729 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15730 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15731 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15732 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15733 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15734 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15735 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15736 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15737 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15738 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15739 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15741 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15742 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15744 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15745 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15746 fixed registers. */
15747 if (! reload_completed)
15750 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15752 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15754 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15755 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15757 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15762 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15764 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15766 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15767 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15768 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15769 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15771 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15772 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15773 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15774 if (dmode == pmode)
15775 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15776 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15777 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15778 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15780 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15783 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15785 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15786 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15787 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15788 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15795 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15796 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15797 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15798 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15799 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15800 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15802 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15803 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15804 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15805 /* Not passed in memory. */
15806 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15807 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15808 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15809 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15810 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15811 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15812 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15815 /* Big endian correction check. */
15816 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15817 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15818 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15821 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15822 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15824 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15825 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15828 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15831 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15832 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15834 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15835 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15837 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15838 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15839 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15840 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15841 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15842 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15844 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15845 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15848 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15849 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15850 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15851 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15852 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15855 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15857 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15858 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15859 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15861 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15863 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15864 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15866 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15867 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15868 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15869 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15870 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15871 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15872 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15874 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15876 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15877 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15884 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15885 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15886 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15889 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15891 tree val_expr, cvar;
15892 enum machine_mode mode;
15893 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15895 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15897 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15898 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15899 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15900 be handled as such. */
15901 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15902 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15903 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15907 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15908 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15911 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15912 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15914 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15915 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15916 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15917 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15921 if (offset != NULL)
15923 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15925 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15928 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15933 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15934 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15935 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15936 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15937 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15938 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15939 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15940 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15941 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15942 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15945 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15946 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15949 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15950 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15952 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15955 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15956 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15958 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15961 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15962 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15963 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15966 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15967 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15968 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15969 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15972 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
15973 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15974 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15976 struct var_loc_node *node;
15978 node = loc_list->first;
15979 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15980 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15981 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15982 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15983 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15986 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15989 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15992 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15993 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15994 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15997 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16000 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
16002 deferred_locations entry;
16003 entry.variable = variable;
16005 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
16008 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16009 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16012 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
16016 if (init == NULL_TREE)
16020 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16023 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16024 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16026 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16027 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16029 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16031 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16033 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16035 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16036 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16037 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16038 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16041 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16046 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16047 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16049 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16051 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16052 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16053 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16054 constructor_elt *ce;
16056 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16057 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16060 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16061 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16064 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16065 memset (array, '\0', size);
16067 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16070 tree val = ce->value;
16071 tree index = ce->index;
16073 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16074 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16077 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16082 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16085 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16086 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16088 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16089 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16093 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16094 curpos += fieldsize;
16097 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16101 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16102 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16104 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16105 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16106 constructor_elt *ce;
16108 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16111 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16112 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16115 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16116 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16118 tree val = ce->value;
16119 int pos, fieldsize;
16121 if (ce->index != 0)
16127 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16130 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16131 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16132 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16134 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16135 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16137 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16138 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16139 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16141 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16147 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16148 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16149 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16151 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16155 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16156 attribute is the const value T. */
16159 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16162 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16165 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16169 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16171 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16173 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16174 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16175 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16176 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16178 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16179 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16181 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16183 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16185 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16193 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16194 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16195 variable with static storage duration
16196 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16199 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16203 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16204 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16207 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16208 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16209 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16214 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16215 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16218 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16221 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16222 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16223 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16224 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16227 static dw_loc_list_ref
16228 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16231 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16233 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16234 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16235 dw_cfa_location remember;
16237 fde = current_fde ();
16238 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16240 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16244 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16245 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16246 remember = next_cfa;
16248 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16250 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16251 advance opcodes. */
16252 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16253 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16255 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16256 last_label = start_label;
16258 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16259 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16261 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16262 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16263 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16264 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16265 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16267 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16268 start_label, last_label, section);
16270 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16271 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16272 start_label = last_label;
16274 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16277 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16278 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16279 gcc_unreachable ();
16282 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16286 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16288 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16289 start_label, last_label, section);
16290 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16291 start_label = last_label;
16294 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16295 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16297 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16303 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16304 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16305 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16306 before the latter is negated. */
16309 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16313 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16314 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16315 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16317 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16318 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16321 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16322 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16324 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16325 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16328 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16329 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16330 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16331 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16332 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16333 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16335 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16338 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16339 the value of the attribute. */
16342 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16344 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16346 if (demangle_name_func)
16347 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16349 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16353 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16356 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16358 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16364 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16368 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16369 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16371 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16372 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16376 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16379 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16383 lower_bound_default (void)
16385 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16390 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16392 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16395 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16396 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16397 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16401 case DW_LANG_Python:
16402 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16403 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16404 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16405 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16406 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16407 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16408 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16410 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16416 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16417 a representation for that bound. */
16420 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16422 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16427 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16430 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16433 /* Use the default if possible. */
16434 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16435 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16436 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16437 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16440 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16441 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16442 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16443 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16445 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16446 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16447 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16448 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16450 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16451 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16452 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16453 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16455 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16456 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16461 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16462 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16472 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16474 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16475 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16476 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16477 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16478 later parameter. */
16479 if (decl_die != NULL)
16481 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16489 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16490 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16492 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16493 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16495 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16496 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16498 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16499 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16500 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16501 If that fails to give a single element list,
16502 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16503 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16504 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
16506 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
16513 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16514 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16516 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16518 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16519 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16520 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16521 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16522 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16528 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16529 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16530 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16531 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16534 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16536 unsigned dimension_number;
16538 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16540 for (dimension_number = 0;
16541 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16542 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16544 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16546 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16549 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16550 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16552 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16555 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16556 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16557 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16559 /* Define the index type. */
16560 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16562 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16563 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16564 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16565 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16566 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16567 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16568 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16571 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16575 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16576 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16578 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16579 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16580 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16582 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16584 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16587 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16588 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16594 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16598 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16603 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16606 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16607 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16610 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16611 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16612 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16613 even for bit-fields. */
16614 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16617 gcc_unreachable ();
16620 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16621 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16622 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16623 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16624 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16627 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16628 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16629 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16632 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16633 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16634 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16635 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16636 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16637 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16639 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16640 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16641 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16644 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16646 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16647 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16648 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16649 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16650 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16651 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16653 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16654 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16656 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16657 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16658 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16659 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16660 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16663 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16665 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16666 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16667 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16668 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16669 below must take account of these differences. */
16670 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16671 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16673 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16675 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16676 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16680 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16681 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16682 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16684 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16687 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16688 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16691 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16693 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16694 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16695 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16697 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16698 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16701 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16702 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16705 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16707 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16708 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16709 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16712 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16713 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16716 static inline dw_die_ref
16717 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16719 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16721 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16723 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16724 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16725 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16727 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16728 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16732 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16734 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16736 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16739 if (DECL_P (origin))
16740 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16741 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16742 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16744 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16745 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16746 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16747 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16748 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16749 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16750 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16754 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16758 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16761 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16763 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16765 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16767 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16768 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16769 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16770 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16773 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16774 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16775 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16776 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16777 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16781 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16784 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16786 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16788 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16789 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16792 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16793 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16796 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16800 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16801 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16803 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16805 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16806 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16807 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16809 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16810 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16811 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16812 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
16814 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16815 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16817 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16819 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16820 asm_name->die = die;
16821 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16822 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16823 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16825 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16826 add_AT_string (die, AT_linkage_name,
16827 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16831 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16832 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16833 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16834 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16836 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16837 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16838 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16843 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16846 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16848 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16851 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16854 pop_decl_scope (void)
16856 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16859 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16860 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16861 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16862 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16863 the current active scope. */
16866 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16868 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16869 tree containing_scope;
16872 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16873 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16875 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16877 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16878 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16880 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16883 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16886 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16887 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16888 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16889 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16890 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16892 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16893 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16894 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16896 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16897 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16898 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16899 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16900 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16905 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16906 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16908 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16909 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16912 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16915 scope_die = context_die;
16920 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16923 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16925 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16926 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16927 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16933 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16936 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16938 return (context_die
16939 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16940 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16941 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16942 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16945 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16946 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16949 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16951 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16952 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16955 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16956 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16957 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16960 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16961 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16963 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16964 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16966 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16967 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16968 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16969 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16970 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16971 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16972 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16974 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16975 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16976 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16977 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16978 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16981 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16982 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16983 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16986 if (type_die != NULL)
16987 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16990 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16991 function call type. */
16993 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16995 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16997 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16998 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17000 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17001 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17002 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17003 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17004 time being, following existing custom. */
17006 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
17007 value = DW_CC_program;
17009 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17010 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17011 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
17012 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
17015 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17016 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17017 was declared without a tag. */
17019 static const char *
17020 type_tag (const_tree type)
17022 const char *name = 0;
17024 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
17028 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17029 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
17030 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
17032 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17033 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17035 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17036 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17038 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17039 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17040 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17041 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17042 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17043 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17046 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17047 if (!name && t != 0)
17048 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17051 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17054 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17055 for bit field types. */
17058 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17060 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17061 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17064 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17065 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17068 static const char *
17069 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17072 const char *fnname;
17074 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17075 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17078 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17080 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17085 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17086 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17087 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17090 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17092 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17093 dw_die_ref array_die;
17095 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17096 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17097 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17098 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17099 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17100 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17101 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17102 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17103 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17105 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17108 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17109 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17110 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17111 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17113 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17115 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17117 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17118 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17119 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17120 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17122 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17123 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17124 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17125 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17127 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17128 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17130 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17131 if (loc && size > 0)
17133 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17134 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17135 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17141 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17142 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17143 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17144 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17147 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17148 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17149 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17152 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17153 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17154 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17156 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17158 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17159 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17160 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17161 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17164 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17166 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17167 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17168 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17169 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17172 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17173 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17174 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17175 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17176 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17177 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17178 for multidimensional arrays. */
17179 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17182 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17183 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17184 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17185 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17186 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17189 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17191 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17192 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17193 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17194 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17195 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17197 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17199 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17202 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17203 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17206 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17208 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17209 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17212 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17213 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17215 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17216 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17217 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17219 if (val == base_decl)
17220 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17222 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17225 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17227 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17229 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17230 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17233 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17236 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17239 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17240 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17242 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17244 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17246 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17247 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17250 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17253 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17259 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17262 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17265 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17266 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17288 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17289 tree val, tree base_decl)
17291 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17293 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17295 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17299 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17303 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17306 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17307 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17310 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17311 dw_die_ref context_die)
17313 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17314 dw_die_ref array_die;
17317 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17318 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17319 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17321 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17323 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17324 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17326 if (info->data_location)
17327 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17329 if (info->associated)
17330 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17332 if (info->allocated)
17333 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17336 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17338 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17339 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17341 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17343 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17346 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17347 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17348 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17351 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17352 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17355 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17356 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17357 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17359 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17360 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17361 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17365 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17366 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17368 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17369 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17374 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17376 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17377 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17379 if (origin != NULL)
17380 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17383 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17384 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17385 0, 0, context_die);
17388 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17389 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17391 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17395 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17396 emit full debugging info for them. */
17399 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17403 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17404 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17405 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17406 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17409 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17411 static enum dwarf_tag
17412 record_type_tag (tree type)
17414 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17415 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17417 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17419 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17420 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17422 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17423 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17425 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17426 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17427 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17428 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17431 gcc_unreachable ();
17435 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17436 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17437 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17441 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17443 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17445 if (type_die == NULL)
17447 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17448 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17449 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17450 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17451 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17452 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17453 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17455 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17458 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17460 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17461 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17462 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17463 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17467 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17468 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17469 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17470 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17472 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17473 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17474 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17475 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17477 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17478 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17480 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17481 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17483 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17484 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17486 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17487 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17489 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17490 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17491 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17492 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17493 values as if they were signed. That means that
17494 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17495 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17496 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17497 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17501 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17503 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17504 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17509 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17510 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17513 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17514 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17515 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17516 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17517 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17518 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17519 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17520 argument type of some subprogram type.
17521 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17525 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17526 dw_die_ref context_die)
17528 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17529 tree ultimate_origin;
17530 dw_die_ref parm_die
17531 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17533 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17535 case tcc_declaration:
17536 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17537 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17538 origin = ultimate_origin;
17539 if (origin != NULL)
17540 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17543 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17545 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17546 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17547 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17550 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17551 TREE_READONLY (node),
17552 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17554 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17555 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17558 if (node && node != origin)
17559 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17560 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17561 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17567 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17568 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17572 gcc_unreachable ();
17578 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17579 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17582 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17583 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17584 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17585 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17586 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17587 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17590 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17592 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17596 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17598 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17599 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17602 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17603 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17605 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17607 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17610 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17611 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17616 return parm_pack_die;
17619 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17620 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17623 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17625 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17628 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17629 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17630 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17631 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17634 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17637 tree formal_type = NULL;
17638 tree first_parm_type;
17641 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17643 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17644 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17649 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17651 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17652 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17653 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17655 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17657 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17658 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17661 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17662 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17663 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17665 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17666 && link == first_parm_type)
17667 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17668 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17670 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17672 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17675 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17676 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17677 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17678 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17680 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17681 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17682 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17683 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17684 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17685 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17688 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17689 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17690 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17691 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17692 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17695 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17697 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17699 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17700 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17701 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17702 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17703 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17705 dw_die_ref type_die;
17706 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17708 push_decl_scope (type);
17709 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17710 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17711 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17712 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17714 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17715 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17716 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17717 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17718 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17720 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17721 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17725 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17731 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17732 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17735 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17737 dw_die_ref old_die;
17741 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17743 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17744 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17746 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17747 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17748 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17751 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17752 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17753 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17754 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17755 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17757 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17758 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17759 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17761 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17763 gen_type_die_for_member
17764 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17767 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17768 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17769 current_function_decl = decl;
17770 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17772 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17773 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17774 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17775 if (! was_abstract)
17776 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17778 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17779 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17783 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17786 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17787 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17790 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17795 type = (tree) *slot;
17796 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17798 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17802 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17803 through htab_traverse.
17805 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17806 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17807 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17810 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17811 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17813 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17816 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17817 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17818 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17819 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17822 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17823 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17824 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17827 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17828 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17829 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17830 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17836 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17839 premark_used_types (void)
17841 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17842 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17845 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17848 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17850 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17851 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17852 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17855 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17859 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17861 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17862 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17863 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17866 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17867 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17868 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17870 premark_used_types ();
17872 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17873 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17874 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17875 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17876 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17878 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17879 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17882 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17885 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17886 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17887 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17888 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17889 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17890 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17891 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17893 if (origin != NULL)
17895 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17897 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17898 inline function. */
17899 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17900 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17902 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17903 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17907 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17908 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17910 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17911 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17912 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17913 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17914 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17916 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17917 something we have already output. */
17921 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17922 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17923 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17924 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17925 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17926 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17927 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17928 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17929 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17930 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17931 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17932 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17934 subr_die = old_die;
17936 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17937 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17938 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17939 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17940 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17941 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17942 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17946 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17947 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17948 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17949 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17950 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17951 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17956 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17958 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17959 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17961 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17962 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17964 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17965 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17966 0, 0, context_die);
17969 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17970 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17971 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17973 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17974 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17975 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17976 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17981 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17983 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17985 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17986 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17987 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17988 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17989 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17991 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17992 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17993 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17994 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17996 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17997 later reused to represent definition. */
17998 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18001 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18003 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
18005 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18006 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
18008 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
18012 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18013 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
18015 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
18018 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
18019 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
18020 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18022 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18024 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18026 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
18028 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18029 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18031 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
18033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
18034 current_function_funcdef_no);
18035 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
18036 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18037 current_function_funcdef_no);
18038 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
18040 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18041 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18044 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18045 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18046 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18048 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18049 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18050 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18051 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18053 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18054 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18055 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18059 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18060 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18061 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18064 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18066 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18067 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18068 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18069 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18070 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18071 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18072 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18074 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18076 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18077 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18081 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18082 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18083 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18085 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18088 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18089 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18090 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18091 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18092 by this displacement. */
18093 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18095 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18096 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18097 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18100 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18101 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18102 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18104 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18105 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18106 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18107 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18108 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18109 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18110 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18111 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18112 an ellipsis at the end. */
18114 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18115 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18116 its formal parameters. */
18117 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18119 else if (declaration)
18120 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18123 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18124 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18125 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18126 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18127 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18130 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18131 emit their relevant DIEs.
18133 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18134 as well as it being a normal function.
18136 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18137 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18138 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18139 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18140 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18141 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18142 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18143 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18144 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18147 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18148 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18150 if (generic_decl_parm
18151 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18152 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18157 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18158 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18161 if (generic_decl_parm)
18162 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18165 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18166 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18167 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18168 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18169 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18170 parameters at all. */
18171 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18172 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18174 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18175 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18176 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18178 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18179 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18182 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18183 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18184 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18186 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18187 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18188 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18189 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18190 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18191 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18192 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18194 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18195 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18196 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18197 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18198 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18199 constructor function. */
18200 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18202 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18203 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18204 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18206 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18207 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18209 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18210 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18212 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18213 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18215 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18216 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18221 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18222 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18226 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18229 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18231 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18232 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18235 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18236 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18239 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18241 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18242 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18243 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18246 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18247 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18250 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18254 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18255 tree ultimate_origin;
18256 dw_die_ref var_die;
18257 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18258 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18259 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18260 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18262 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18263 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18264 origin = ultimate_origin;
18265 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18267 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18268 of a data member. */
18271 dw_die_ref com_die;
18272 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18273 die_node com_die_arg;
18275 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18278 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18280 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18285 /* Optimize the common case. */
18286 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18287 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18288 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18289 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18291 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18292 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18294 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18296 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18297 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18303 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18304 common_block_die_table
18305 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18306 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18308 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18309 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18310 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18311 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18312 if (com_die == NULL)
18315 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18318 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18319 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18322 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18323 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18324 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18325 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18327 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18328 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18329 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18330 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18331 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18332 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18334 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18336 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18337 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18338 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18340 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18341 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18342 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18343 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18344 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18349 /* Optimize the common case. */
18350 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18351 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18352 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18353 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18354 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18355 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18357 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18359 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18361 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18362 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18363 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18367 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18368 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18369 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18370 inside functions, though. */
18371 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18374 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18375 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18376 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18377 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18378 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18380 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18383 if (origin != NULL)
18384 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18386 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18387 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18389 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18390 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18393 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18395 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18396 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18397 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18399 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18400 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18402 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18403 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18404 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18406 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18407 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18409 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18410 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18412 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18413 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18418 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18420 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18421 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18422 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18424 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18425 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18427 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18428 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18430 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18431 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18433 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18434 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18435 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18436 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18440 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18442 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18443 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18446 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18447 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18448 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18450 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18451 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18452 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18453 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18454 to add it again. */
18455 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18457 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18458 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18459 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18461 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18464 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18467 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18470 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18473 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18475 dw_die_ref const_die;
18476 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18478 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18479 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18480 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18481 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18482 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18483 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18484 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18485 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18488 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18491 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18493 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18494 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18496 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18498 if (origin != NULL)
18499 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18501 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18503 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18504 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18507 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18509 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18510 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18511 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18515 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18517 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18518 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18519 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18520 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18521 it if it ever does happen. */
18522 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18524 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18525 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18530 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18531 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18532 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18535 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18537 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18539 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18541 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18542 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18547 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18548 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18551 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18553 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18555 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18556 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18560 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18562 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18563 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18564 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18567 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18569 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18572 add_ranges (chain);
18573 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18580 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18581 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18582 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18583 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18584 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18585 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18589 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18592 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18594 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18596 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18597 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18599 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18602 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18605 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18609 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18611 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18613 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18615 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18616 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18617 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18618 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18619 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18621 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18623 dw_die_ref subr_die
18624 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18626 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18627 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18628 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18629 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18631 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18632 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18636 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18639 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18641 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18643 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18646 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18647 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18648 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18649 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18652 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18654 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18655 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18656 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18659 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18660 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18662 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18663 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18665 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18666 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18667 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18668 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18670 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18671 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18675 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18676 Use modified_type_die instead.
18677 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18678 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18681 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18684 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18686 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18687 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18688 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18691 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18692 Use modified_type_die instead.
18693 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18694 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18697 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18699 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18701 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
18702 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18704 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18706 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18707 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18708 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18712 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18715 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18718 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18719 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18721 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18722 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18723 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18724 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18727 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18730 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18733 char producer[250];
18734 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18737 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18741 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18742 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18743 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18744 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18747 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18749 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18750 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18751 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18752 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18753 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18754 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18755 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18756 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18757 strcat (producer, " -g");
18760 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18762 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18763 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18764 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18765 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18766 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18767 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18768 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18769 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18771 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18772 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18773 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18774 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18775 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18776 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18777 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18778 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18779 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18780 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18783 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18787 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18790 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18792 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18794 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18795 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18797 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18798 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18800 if (access == access_public_node)
18801 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18802 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18803 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18806 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18809 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18812 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18815 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18816 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18817 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18818 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18819 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18820 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18821 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18822 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18823 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18824 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18825 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18827 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18830 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18834 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18835 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18836 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18837 : access_public_node), context_die);
18840 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18841 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18843 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18844 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18845 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18846 do put them in the right order. */
18848 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18850 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18852 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18855 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18856 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18858 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18859 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18862 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18864 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18866 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18870 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18871 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18872 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18875 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18876 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18878 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18879 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18881 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18882 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18883 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18884 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18885 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18887 if (type_die && ! complete)
18890 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18891 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18892 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18895 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18897 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18898 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18900 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18902 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18903 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18905 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18907 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18909 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18912 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18914 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18915 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18916 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18917 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18919 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18920 then give a list of members. */
18921 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18923 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18924 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18925 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18926 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18927 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18928 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18930 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18931 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18932 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18933 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18935 push_decl_scope (type);
18936 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18939 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18940 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18942 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18944 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18945 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18946 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18951 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18953 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18954 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18955 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18956 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18959 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18960 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18963 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18966 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18968 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18969 dw_die_ref subr_die
18970 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18971 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18973 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18974 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18975 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18976 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18978 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18979 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18982 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18985 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18987 dw_die_ref type_die;
18990 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18993 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18994 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18995 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18996 if (origin != NULL)
18997 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
19002 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
19003 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
19005 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
19007 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
19008 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
19011 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19013 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
19014 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
19017 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19018 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
19020 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19021 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
19024 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19027 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19028 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19031 struct array_descr_info info;
19033 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
19036 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19037 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19038 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
19039 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19041 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19044 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19045 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
19047 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19048 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19049 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19050 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19051 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19053 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19054 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19058 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19059 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19060 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19061 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19062 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19064 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19065 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19069 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19070 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19071 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19072 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19073 cloned type itself). */
19074 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19075 type = type_main_variant (type);
19077 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19080 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19086 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19087 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19088 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19089 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19090 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19092 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19094 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19095 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19096 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19097 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19101 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19102 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19103 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19104 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19106 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19107 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19108 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19110 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19112 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19115 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19116 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19117 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19118 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19119 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19123 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19124 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19125 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19126 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19130 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19134 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19137 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19140 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19141 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19142 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19143 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19144 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19145 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19146 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19147 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19148 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19149 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19151 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19153 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19156 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19157 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19158 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19161 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19162 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19164 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19165 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19166 decls_for_scope. */
19167 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19172 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19176 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19178 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19179 declare_in_namespace. */
19180 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19181 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19184 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19189 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19190 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19191 when appropriate. */
19197 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19200 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19204 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19208 gcc_unreachable ();
19211 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19215 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19217 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19220 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19221 things which are local to the given block. */
19224 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19226 int must_output_die = 0;
19229 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19230 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19233 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19235 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19236 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19237 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19238 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19242 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19243 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19248 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19251 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19252 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19253 must_output_die = 1;
19256 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19257 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19258 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19259 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19260 as being a "significant" one. */
19261 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19262 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19263 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19264 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19265 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19266 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19267 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19268 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19269 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19270 must_output_die = 1;
19273 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19274 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19275 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19276 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19277 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19278 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19279 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19280 if (must_output_die)
19284 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19285 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19286 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19287 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19288 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19289 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19290 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19291 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19293 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19294 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19295 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19296 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19297 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19298 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19301 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19304 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19307 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19308 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19310 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19313 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19315 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19316 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19317 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19318 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19319 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19323 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19324 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19325 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19326 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19327 stmt, context_die);
19329 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19332 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19333 all of its sub-blocks. */
19336 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19342 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19343 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19346 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19347 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19348 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19349 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19350 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19351 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19352 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19353 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19356 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19357 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19360 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19361 therein) of this block. */
19362 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19364 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19365 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19368 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19371 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19373 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19376 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19377 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19378 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19379 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19380 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19381 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19387 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19389 static inline dw_die_ref
19390 get_context_die (tree context)
19394 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19395 if (TYPE_P (context))
19396 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19398 return force_decl_die (context);
19400 return comp_unit_die;
19403 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19406 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19408 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19409 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19410 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19411 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19414 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19416 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19420 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19422 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19423 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19424 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19425 declaration die. */
19426 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19427 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19428 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19429 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19433 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19434 gen_decl_die() call. */
19435 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19436 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19437 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19438 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19441 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19442 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19443 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19445 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19446 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19450 gcc_unreachable ();
19453 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19455 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19456 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19462 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19463 always returned. */
19466 force_type_die (tree type)
19468 dw_die_ref type_die;
19470 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19473 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19475 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19476 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19477 gcc_assert (type_die);
19482 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19483 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19486 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19488 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19489 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19490 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19491 /* Force out the namespace. */
19492 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19494 return context_die;
19497 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19498 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19500 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19501 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19504 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19506 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19508 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19509 return context_die;
19511 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19512 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19513 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19514 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19515 return context_die;
19517 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19519 if (ns_context != context_die)
19523 if (DECL_P (thing))
19524 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19526 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19528 return context_die;
19531 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19534 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19536 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19538 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19539 they are an alias of. */
19540 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19542 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19543 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19544 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19545 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19546 context_die, decl);
19547 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19548 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19550 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19552 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19555 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19556 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19557 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19558 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19562 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19564 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19565 dw_die_ref origin_die
19566 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19568 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19569 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19570 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19571 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19572 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19573 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19574 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19575 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19579 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19582 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19584 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19585 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19587 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19590 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19596 if (!is_fortran ())
19598 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19599 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19603 /* Emit its type. */
19604 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19606 /* And its containing namespace. */
19607 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19609 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19612 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19613 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19614 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19615 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19616 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19617 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19618 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19623 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19624 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19625 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19626 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19629 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19630 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19631 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19632 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19633 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19635 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19636 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19637 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19638 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19639 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19640 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19641 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19642 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19643 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19645 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19646 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19649 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19650 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19652 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19653 have described its return type. */
19654 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19656 /* And its virtual context. */
19657 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19658 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19660 /* And its containing type. */
19662 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19663 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19664 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19666 /* And its containing namespace. */
19667 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19670 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19672 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19676 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19677 actual typedefs. */
19678 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19681 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19682 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19683 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19684 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19685 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19686 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19687 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19688 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19689 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19691 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19694 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19695 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19697 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19698 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19702 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19703 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19708 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19709 variable declarations or definitions. */
19710 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19713 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19715 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19716 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19718 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19720 /* And its containing type. */
19721 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19722 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19723 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19725 /* And its containing namespace. */
19726 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19728 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19729 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19730 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19732 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19733 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19734 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19735 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19736 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19739 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19743 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19744 anonymous unions and structs. */
19745 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19746 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19747 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19749 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19750 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19755 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19756 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19758 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19759 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19760 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19764 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19765 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19766 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19767 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19771 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19772 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19777 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19778 compilation proper has finished. */
19781 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19783 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19784 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19785 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19786 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19787 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19788 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19791 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19792 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19794 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19797 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19800 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19801 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19802 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19803 that DECL belongs to.
19804 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19806 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19808 tree lexical_block,
19809 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19811 expanded_location xloc;
19812 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19813 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19815 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19817 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19818 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19822 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19824 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19826 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19827 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19829 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19830 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19831 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19832 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19833 if (!at_import_die)
19835 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19836 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19837 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19838 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19843 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19844 if (!at_import_die)
19846 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19847 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19848 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19850 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19852 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19853 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19854 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19855 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19857 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19858 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19860 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19864 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19866 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19867 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19874 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19878 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19879 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19881 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19882 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19883 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19886 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19887 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19888 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19889 importing whole module. */
19892 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19895 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19896 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19898 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19903 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19904 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19907 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19908 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19910 && TYPE_P (context)
19911 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19914 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19917 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19921 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19922 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19923 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19924 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19927 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19928 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19932 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19935 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19937 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19939 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19944 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19945 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19946 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19947 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19948 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19949 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19950 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19951 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19952 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19953 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19954 with the definition of the function.
19956 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19957 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19958 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19959 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19960 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19961 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19962 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19963 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19964 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19965 that they *are* definitions).
19967 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19968 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19969 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19970 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19971 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19972 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19975 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19976 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19977 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19978 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19979 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19980 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19981 context_die = NULL;
19985 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19986 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19987 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19988 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19989 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19990 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19991 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19992 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19993 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19996 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19997 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19998 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20000 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20001 variable declarations or definitions. */
20002 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20007 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20009 if (!is_fortran ())
20011 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20012 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20015 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20016 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20017 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20019 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
20024 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20025 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
20028 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20029 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20030 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
20032 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20033 comparisons have. */
20035 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20036 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
20037 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
20042 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20043 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20046 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20047 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20048 if (decl_function_context (decl))
20049 context_die = NULL;
20057 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20060 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20063 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20065 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20067 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20070 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20071 a lexical block. */
20074 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20075 unsigned int blocknum)
20077 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20078 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20081 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20085 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20087 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20088 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20091 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20092 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20094 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20095 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20096 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20099 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20104 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20105 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20106 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20108 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20110 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20111 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20112 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20119 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20122 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20124 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20125 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20126 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20127 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20131 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20133 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20134 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20137 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20138 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20139 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20140 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20141 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20142 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20143 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20144 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20145 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20148 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20149 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20152 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20154 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20155 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20156 if (file_table_last_lookup
20157 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20158 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20159 return file_table_last_lookup;
20161 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20162 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20163 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20165 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20167 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20168 created->filename = file_name;
20169 created->emitted_number = 0;
20174 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20175 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20176 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20177 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20178 types, which may include filenames. */
20181 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20183 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20185 if (last_emitted_file)
20186 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20188 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20189 last_emitted_file = fd;
20191 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20193 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20194 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20195 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20196 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20200 return fd->emitted_number;
20203 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20204 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20205 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20208 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20210 die_arg_entry entry;
20215 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20216 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20217 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20221 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20222 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20226 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20227 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20228 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20231 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20233 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20239 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20241 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20246 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20249 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20255 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20259 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20263 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20266 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20268 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20269 /* replace the string. */
20270 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20274 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20277 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20278 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20279 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20282 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20285 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20287 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20291 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20292 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20293 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20294 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20296 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20297 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20300 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20303 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20305 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20308 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20309 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20312 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20314 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20315 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20318 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20321 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20323 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20324 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20327 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20328 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20329 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20330 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20331 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20335 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20337 static unsigned int
20338 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20340 struct vcall_insn item;
20341 struct vcall_insn *p;
20343 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20344 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20345 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20347 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20349 return (unsigned int) -1;
20350 return p->vtable_slot;
20354 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20355 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20356 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20360 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20362 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20364 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20365 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20366 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20370 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20371 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20375 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20377 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20379 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20380 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20383 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20384 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20385 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20386 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20387 lowering to RTL. */
20390 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20392 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20395 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20398 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20399 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20400 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20402 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20403 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20406 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20407 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20408 our lookup table. */
20411 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20413 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20414 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20416 static const char *last_label;
20417 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20418 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20421 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20424 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20425 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20426 don't do anything. */
20427 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20430 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20431 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20432 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20433 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20434 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20435 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20438 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20441 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20442 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
20443 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
20444 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
20445 if (newloc == NULL)
20448 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20449 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20450 create a new label and emit it. */
20451 if (last_label == NULL)
20453 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20454 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20456 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20458 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20459 newloc->next = NULL;
20461 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20462 newloc->label = last_label;
20465 if (!last_postcall_label)
20467 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20468 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20470 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20473 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20474 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20477 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20478 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20479 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20480 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20483 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20485 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20486 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20488 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20491 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20492 and record information relating to this source line, in
20493 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20496 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20497 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20499 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20501 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20504 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20506 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20508 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20509 if (flag_debug_asm)
20510 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20513 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20515 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20516 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20517 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20519 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20520 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20522 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20523 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20524 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20526 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20527 line_info_table_in_use++;
20529 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20531 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20532 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20533 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20534 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20536 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20537 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20538 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20540 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20541 separate_line_info_table
20542 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20543 separate_line_info_table,
20544 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20545 memset (separate_line_info_table
20546 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20548 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20549 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20552 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20554 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20555 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20556 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20557 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20561 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20563 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20564 line_info_table_in_use);
20566 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20567 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20569 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20571 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20572 line_info_table_allocated);
20573 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20574 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20577 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20578 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20579 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20580 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20585 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20588 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20590 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20592 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20593 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20595 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20596 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20599 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20601 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20603 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20605 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20608 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20612 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20615 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20617 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20618 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20619 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20621 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20623 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20628 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20629 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20630 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20633 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20634 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20636 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20638 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20640 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20641 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20645 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20646 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20647 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20650 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20651 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20653 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20655 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20657 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20658 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20662 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20665 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20667 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20668 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20669 file_table_eq, NULL);
20671 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20672 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20673 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20675 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20676 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20677 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20679 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20680 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20682 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20683 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20684 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20685 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20686 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20688 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20689 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20690 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20692 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20693 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20695 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20696 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20697 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20699 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20700 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20701 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20703 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20704 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20705 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20706 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20707 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20708 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20709 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20711 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20713 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20715 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20716 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20717 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20718 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20719 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20720 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20721 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20722 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20723 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20724 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20725 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20726 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20727 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20728 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20729 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20730 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20731 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20732 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20733 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20734 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20735 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20736 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20737 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20738 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20739 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20740 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20742 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20744 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20746 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20747 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20748 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20751 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20752 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20753 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20754 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20755 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20756 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20757 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20758 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20759 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20760 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20761 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20763 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20765 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20766 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20767 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20768 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20771 switch_to_section (text_section);
20772 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20773 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20775 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20776 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20777 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20782 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20783 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20786 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20788 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20790 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20791 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20793 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20797 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20798 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20801 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20803 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20805 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20807 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20808 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20809 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20815 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20816 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20819 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20823 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20824 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20826 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20828 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20829 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20832 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20838 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20841 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20842 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20845 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20850 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20852 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20854 /* A reference to another DIE.
20855 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20856 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20857 if (dwarf_version < 4
20858 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20859 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20860 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20862 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20863 accounts properly for it. */
20864 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20865 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20870 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20871 to DIE's children. */
20874 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20878 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20880 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20883 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20884 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20885 if (die->die_parent)
20886 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20888 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20889 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20891 /* If this node is a specification,
20892 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20893 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20894 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20897 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20899 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20900 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20903 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20904 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20905 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20906 for all type definitions. */
20907 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20908 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20909 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20910 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20912 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20916 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20917 and if so, mark them. */
20920 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20924 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20927 switch (die->die_tag)
20929 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20930 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20931 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20934 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20935 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20936 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20937 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20944 /* Mark children. */
20945 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20948 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20951 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20955 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20956 children have been marked as well. */
20957 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20960 switch (die->die_tag)
20962 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20963 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20964 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20965 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20968 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20969 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20972 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20973 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20974 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20975 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20976 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20978 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20980 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20983 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20984 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20985 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20986 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20987 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
20988 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20989 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20990 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20991 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20992 case DW_TAG_friend:
20993 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20994 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20995 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20996 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20997 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20998 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20999 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
21000 case DW_TAG_file_type:
21001 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21004 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21008 /* Mark everything else. */
21012 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21016 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21017 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21022 /* Mark children. */
21023 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21026 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21030 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
21035 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21036 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21038 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
21040 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21041 twice in the hash table. */
21043 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
21046 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
21047 htab_hash_string (s->str),
21049 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21055 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21058 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21062 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21063 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21065 if (! die->die_child)
21068 c = die->die_child;
21070 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21071 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21072 if (c == die->die_child)
21074 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21076 /* No marked children at all. */
21077 die->die_child = NULL;
21080 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21081 die->die_child = prev;
21086 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21088 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21089 } while (c != die->die_child);
21092 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21093 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21094 decided to emit. */
21097 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21099 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21101 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21102 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21107 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21110 prune_unused_types (void)
21113 limbo_die_node *node;
21114 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21116 dcall_entry *dcall;
21118 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21119 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21120 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21121 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21122 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21123 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21124 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21125 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21127 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21128 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21130 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21131 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21132 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21133 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21134 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21136 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21137 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21140 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21141 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21142 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21143 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21144 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21145 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21147 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21148 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21149 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21151 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21152 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21153 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21154 else if (debug_str_hash)
21155 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21156 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21157 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21158 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21159 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21160 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21162 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21163 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21164 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21165 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21166 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21167 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21170 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21173 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21175 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21176 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21177 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21185 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21188 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21191 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21193 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21198 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21200 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21201 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21203 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21204 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21207 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21208 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21209 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21210 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21211 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21212 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21215 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21217 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21218 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21220 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == AT_linkage_name);
21224 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21226 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21230 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21232 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21233 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21237 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21238 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21239 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21242 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21246 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21248 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21249 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21250 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21252 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21253 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21254 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21256 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21257 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21262 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21263 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21264 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21265 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21268 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21269 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21275 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21276 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21277 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21280 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21282 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21283 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21284 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21285 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21286 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21287 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21292 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21293 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21294 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21295 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21296 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21297 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21300 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21304 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21307 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21308 switch (AT_class (a))
21310 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21311 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21314 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21316 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21317 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21319 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21320 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21325 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21327 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21329 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21333 case dw_val_class_loc:
21334 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21336 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21340 case dw_val_class_addr:
21341 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21342 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21344 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21352 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21355 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21356 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21359 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21361 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21362 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21363 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21364 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21367 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21369 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21370 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21371 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21372 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21373 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21374 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21377 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21379 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21382 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21384 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21385 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21386 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21390 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21391 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21392 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21393 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21395 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21397 next_node = node->next;
21400 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21402 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21405 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21406 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21408 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21409 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21410 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21413 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21414 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21415 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21416 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21417 this to be a child of the containing function.
21419 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21420 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21421 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21422 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21423 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21425 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21427 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21428 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21429 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21430 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21432 gcc_assert (context
21433 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21434 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21436 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21438 add_child_die (origin, die);
21440 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21445 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21447 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21449 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21451 tree decl = node->created_for;
21452 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21454 add_AT_string (node->die, AT_linkage_name,
21455 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21456 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21460 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21462 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21463 emit full debugging info for them. */
21464 retry_incomplete_types ();
21466 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21467 prune_unused_types ();
21469 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21470 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21471 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21472 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21474 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21475 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21477 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21479 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21480 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21482 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21484 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21485 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21486 references to the main compile unit). */
21487 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21488 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21489 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21491 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21492 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21493 referenced. Prune them. */
21494 prune_unused_types ();
21497 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21498 that have children. */
21499 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21500 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21501 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21502 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21503 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21505 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21506 switch_to_section (text_section);
21507 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21508 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21510 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21511 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21514 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21516 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21517 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21519 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21520 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21525 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21526 bool range_list_added = false;
21528 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21529 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21530 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21531 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21532 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21533 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21534 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21536 if (text_section_used)
21537 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21538 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21539 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21540 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21541 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21543 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21545 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21547 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21549 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21550 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21551 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21552 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21553 &range_list_added);
21554 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21555 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21556 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21557 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21558 &range_list_added);
21560 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21561 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21562 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21565 if (range_list_added)
21569 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21570 if (have_location_lists)
21572 /* Output the location lists info. */
21573 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21575 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21576 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21577 output_location_lists (die);
21580 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21581 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21582 debug_line_section_label);
21584 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21585 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21587 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21588 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21589 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21590 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21592 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21593 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21595 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21597 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21598 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21601 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21602 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21604 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21605 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21606 debug_line_section_label);
21608 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21611 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21613 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21614 has been emitted. */
21615 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21617 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21618 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21619 output_abbrev_section ();
21621 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21622 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21624 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21625 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21628 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21629 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21630 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21631 simply won't look for the section. */
21632 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21634 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21635 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21638 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21639 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21641 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21642 output_dcall_table ();
21644 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21646 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21647 output_vcall_table ();
21650 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21651 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21652 if (fde_table_in_use)
21654 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21658 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21659 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21661 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21662 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21666 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21667 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21668 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21669 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21670 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21671 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21672 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21674 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21675 output_line_info ();
21678 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21679 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21681 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21682 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21685 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21687 if (debug_str_hash)
21688 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21692 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21693 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21697 0, /* assembly_start */
21700 0, /* start_source_file */
21701 0, /* end_source_file */
21702 0, /* begin_block */
21704 0, /* ignore_block */
21705 0, /* source_line */
21706 0, /* begin_prologue */
21707 0, /* end_prologue */
21708 0, /* end_epilogue */
21709 0, /* begin_function */
21710 0, /* end_function */
21711 0, /* function_decl */
21712 0, /* global_decl */
21714 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21715 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21716 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21718 0, /* handle_pch */
21719 0, /* var_location */
21720 0, /* switch_text_section */
21721 0, /* direct_call */
21722 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21723 0, /* copy_call_info */
21724 0, /* virtual_call */
21726 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21729 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21731 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"